US20120083513A1 - 3-Substituted-8-Substituted-3H-Imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one Compounds and Their Use - Google Patents

3-Substituted-8-Substituted-3H-Imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one Compounds and Their Use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20120083513A1
US20120083513A1 US13/376,945 US201013376945A US2012083513A1 US 20120083513 A1 US20120083513 A1 US 20120083513A1 US 201013376945 A US201013376945 A US 201013376945A US 2012083513 A1 US2012083513 A1 US 2012083513A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
independently
alkyl
nhc
piperizino
compound according
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US13/376,945
Other versions
US9024018B2 (en
Inventor
Marc Geoffery Hummersone
Malcolm Francis Graham Stevens
David Cousin
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Merck Sharp and Dohme LLC
Original Assignee
Pharminox Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Pharminox Ltd filed Critical Pharminox Ltd
Priority to US13/376,945 priority Critical patent/US9024018B2/en
Assigned to PHARMINOX LIMITED reassignment PHARMINOX LIMITED ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: STEVENS, MALCOLM FRANCIS GRAHAM, COUSIN, DAVID, HUMMERSONE, MARC GEOFFERY
Publication of US20120083513A1 publication Critical patent/US20120083513A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US9024018B2 publication Critical patent/US9024018B2/en
Assigned to MERCK SHARP & DOHME CORP. reassignment MERCK SHARP & DOHME CORP. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: PHARMINOX LIMITED
Assigned to MERCK SHARP & DOHME LLC reassignment MERCK SHARP & DOHME LLC MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MERCK SHARP & DOHME CORP.
Active legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/02—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring

Definitions

  • the present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds (collectively referred to herein as 38TM compounds).
  • the present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit cell proliferation, and in the treatment of proliferative disorders such as cancer, etc., and methods of preparing such compounds.
  • Ranges are often expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by the use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment.
  • Temozolomide also known as 3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-4-oxoimidazo[5,1-d]-1,2,3,5-tetrazine-8-carboxamide; 8-carbamoyl-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d]-1,2,3,5-tetrazin-4(3H)-one; methazolastone; M & B 39831; CCRG-81045; NSC-362856; Temodal; Temodar
  • M & B 39831; CCRG-81045; NSC-362856; Temodal; Temodar is a well known anti-neoplastic agent that acts as an alkylating agent. Its primary application is in the treatment of brain cancer (e.g., glioma).
  • Temozolomide is a prodrug, being cleaved in a multi-step pathway firstly to liberate an unstable monomethyltriazene (MTIC), which then suffers proteolytic fragmentation to generate a highly-reactive methylating agent (methanediazonium ion) and 5-aminoimidazole-4-carboxamide (see, e.g., Arrowsmith et al., 2002, J. Med. Chem ., Vol. 45, pp. 5458-5470). Support for this process comes from the isolation of MTIC from the degradation of temozolomide in aqueous sodium carbonate solution (see, e.g., Stevens et al., 1984, J. Med. Chem ., Vol. 27, pp. 196-201). There is only a small pH window around physiological pH where ring-opening of temozolomide is accompanied by fragmentation of MTIC in a methylating mode.
  • MTIC monomethyltriazene
  • the methanediazonium active species derived from MTIC is believed to covalently methylate guanine residues of DNA in tracts of three or more guanines (see, e.g., Hartley et al., 1988, Carcinogenesis , Vol. 9, pp. 669-674; Clark et al., 1995, J. Med. Chem ., Vol. 38, pp. 1493-1504).
  • the significant site of DNA methylation is the O-6 position of guanine residues and tumours which express high levels of the DNA repair protein O(6)-methylguanine methyltransferase (MGMT; also known as ATase) are inherently resistant to the drug (see, e.g., Wedge et al., 1996, Br. J. Cancer , Vol. 74, pp. 1030-1036; Lee et al., 1994, Br. J. Cancer , Vol. 69, pp. 452-456.) These studies have been reviewed (see, e.g., Stevens and Newlands, 1993, Eur. J. Cancer , Vol. 29A, pp. 1045-1047; Newlands et al., 1997, Cancer Treat.
  • MGMT O(6)-methylguanine methyltransferase
  • O-6 guanine methylation is a cytotoxic (antitumor) lesion since it provokes base mis-pairing with thymine during DNA replication. Unless repaired by MGMT, mis-pairing on the daughter strand is recognised by mismatch repair proteins which trigger futile cycles of thymine excision and re-insertion leading to persistent DNA strand breaks.
  • a new strategy to overcome these deficiencies proposes that compounds structurally related in structure to temozolomide and retaining the drug's favourable pharmaceutical profile—such as ease of synthesis, acid stability, oral bioavailability, freedom from metabolic complications, transmission across the blood-brain barrier, and an acceptable toxicological profile—could be developed which create an alternative anti-tumor lesion at O-6 residues of guanines in DNA (i.e., not methylation) which cannot be repaired by MGMT.
  • Such compounds would be likely to retain useful therapeutic activity against all brain tumors, but also those major killer tumor types (e.g., lung, breast, ovarian, colorectal, renal, pancreatic, melanoma) which are currently inherently resistant to temozolomide.
  • Temozolomide is the subject of granted claim 13 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,260,291 to Lunt et al. granted 9 Nov. 1993.
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to certain 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds (collectively referred to herein as 38TM compounds), as described herein.
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical compositions
  • a pharmaceutical compositions comprising a 38TM compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a composition comprising the step of admixing a 38TM compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to methods of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a 38TM compound, as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to methods of treatment comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a 38TM compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a 38TM compound as described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a 38TM compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
  • the treatment is treatment of a proliferative disorder.
  • the treatment is treatment of cancer.
  • the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, renal cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, squamous carcinoma of the head or neck, or glioma.
  • the treatment is treatment of: glioma.
  • kits comprising (a) a 38TM compound, as described herein, preferably provided as a pharmaceutical composition and in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, for example, written instructions on how to administer the compound.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to certain methods of synthesis, as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a compound (e.g., a 38TM compound) obtainable by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
  • a compound e.g., a 38TM compound
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a compound (e.g., a 38TM compound) obtained by a method of synthesis as described herein, or by a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
  • a compound e.g., a 38TM compound obtained by a method of synthesis as described herein, or by a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to certain novel intermediates, as described herein, which are suitable for use in the methods of synthesis described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to the use of such novel intermediates, as described herein, in the methods of synthesis described herein.
  • Temozolomide also known as 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid amide
  • the compounds may conveniently be described as 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds.
  • the compounds have an 8-substituent that is different from that found in Temozolomide, i.e., is different from —C( ⁇ O)NH 2 .
  • the compounds have a 3-substituent that is different from that found in Temozolomide, i.e., is different from -Me.
  • the compounds have a 3-substituent that is the same as that found in Temozolomide, i.e., is -Me.
  • one aspect of the present invention pertains to compounds selected from compounds of the following formula and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof), wherein -A and —B are as defined herein (collectively denoted herein as “38TM compounds”):
  • -A is independently -A 1 , -A 2 , -A 3 , -A 4 , -A 5 , or -A 6 ;
  • —B is independently —B 1 , —B 2 , —B 3 , B 4 , B 5 , B 6 , —B 7 , —B 8 , —B 9 , —B 10 , —B 11 , B 12 , —B 13 , or —B 14 ;
  • -A 1 is independently C 5-12 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted;
  • -A 2 is independently thioamido or substituted thioamido
  • -A 3 is independently imidamido or substituted imidamido
  • -A 4 is independently hydroxamic acid or hydroxamate
  • -A 5 is independently substituted carboxamide
  • -A 6 is independently aliphatic C 2-6 alkenyl, and is optionally substituted;
  • —B 1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-6 alkyl
  • B 2 is independently aliphatic C 2-6 alkynyl
  • —B 3 is independently mercapto-C 1-4 alkyl, sulfanyl-C 1-4 alkyl, sulfinyl-C 1-4 alkyl, or sulfonyl-C 1-4 alkyl;
  • —B 4 is independently hydroxy-C 1-4 alkyl or ether-C 1-4 alkyl
  • B 5 is independently phenyl-C 1-6 alkyl or C 5-6 heteroaryl-C 1-6 alkyl, and is optionally substituted;
  • B 6 is independently acyl-C 1-6 alkyl, carboxy-C 1-6 alkyl, oxyacyl-C 1-6 alkyl, or acyloxy-C 1-6 alkyl;
  • B 7 is independently amido-C 1-4 alkyl or substituted amido-C 1-4 alkyl
  • B 8 is independently C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl-C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-6 heterocyclyl, or C 3-6 heterocyclyl-C 1-4 alkyl, and is optionally substituted;
  • —B 9 is independently halo-C 1-6 alkyl
  • —B 19 is independently nitro-C 1-6 alkyl
  • —B 11 is independently cyano-C 1-6 alkyl
  • B 12 is independently phosphate-C 1-6 alkyl
  • B 13 is independently carbamate-C 1-6 alkyl
  • B 14 is independently oxime-C 1-6 alkyl.
  • A1-3 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoiso
  • A1-5) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-6 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently C 5 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-13 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently thiazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-14 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently thiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-15 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently thiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 4-position.
  • (A1-16) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently thiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 5-position.
  • (A1-20) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently oxazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 5-position.
  • A1-21 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently imidazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-22 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently imidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-23 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently imidazol-2-yl or N—(C 1-4 alkyl)-imidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-24 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently imidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 4-position.
  • A1-31 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently C 9-12 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-32 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently C 9-10 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-34 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently C 9 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-36 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, or benzoxazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-38 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently benzimidazol-2-yl, benzothiazol-2-yl, or benzoxazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-39 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently benzimidazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-40) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently benzimidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-41) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently benzimidazol-2-yl or N—(C 1-4 alkyl)-benzimidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A1-46 A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A 1 is independently benzoxazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A2-2 A compound according to (A2-1), wherein -A 2 is independently thioamido or substituted thioamido.
  • A2-3) A compound according to (A2-1), wherein -A 2 is independently:
  • A3-1) A compound according to (1), wherein -A is independently -A 3 .
  • A3-2 A compound according to (A3-1), wherein -A 3 is independently imidamido or substituted imidamido.
  • A3-3) A compound according to (A3-1), wherein -A 3 is independently:
  • A4-1 A compound according to (1), wherein -A is independently -A 4 .
  • A4-2) A compound according to (A4-1), wherein -A 4 is independently hydroxamic acid or hydroxamate.
  • A4-3) A compound according to (A4-1), wherein -A 4 is independently:
  • A6-1) A compound according to (1), wherein -A is independently -A 6 .
  • A6-2 A compound according to (A6-1), wherein -A 6 is independently aliphatic C 2-6 alkenyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A6-3 A compound according to (A6-1), wherein -A 6 is independently -L 6 -R Z6 ,
  • (B1-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A1-18), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 1 .
  • (B1-2) A compound according to (B1-1), wherein —B 1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-6 alkyl.
  • (B1-3) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B 1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-6 alkyl, but is not -Me.
  • (B1-4) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B 1 is independently saturated aliphatic (B1-5) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B 1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl, but is not -Me.
  • (B1-6) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B 1 is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
  • B1-7) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B 1 is independently -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
  • (B1-8) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B 1 is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, or -iPr.
  • (B1-9) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B 1 is independently -Et, -nPr, or -iPr.
  • (B1-10) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B 1 is independently -Me or -Et.
  • (B1-11) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B 1 is independently -Me.
  • (B1-12) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B 1 is independently -Et.
  • (B2-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A1-18), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 2 .
  • (B2-2) A compound according to (B2-1), wherein —B 2 is independently aliphatic C 2-6 alkynyl.
  • (B2-3) A compound according to (B2-2), wherein —B 2 is independently aliphatic C 3-5 alkynyl.
  • alkynyl relates to an aliphatic hydrocarbyl group (i.e., a group having only carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms) having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • (B3-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 3 .
  • (B3-2) A compound according to (B3-1), wherein —B 3 is independently mercapto-C 1-4 alkyl, sulfanyl-C 1-4 alkyl, sulfinyl-C 1-4 alkyl, or sulfonyl-C 1-4 alkyl.
  • (B3-3) A compound according to (B3-1), wherein —B 3 is independently:
  • (B3-27) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —R Y3 , if present, is independently -Me or -Et.
  • (B3-28) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —R Y3 , if present, is independently -Me.
  • (B3-29) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B 3 is independently —CH 2 —S-Me, —CH 2 —S( ⁇ O)-Me, or —CH 2 —S( ⁇ O) 2 -Me.
  • (B3-30) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B 3 is independently —CH 2 —S-Me.
  • (B3-31) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B 3 is independently —CH 2 —S( ⁇ O)-Me.
  • (B3-32) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B 3 is independently —CH 2 —S( ⁇ O) 2 -Me.
  • (B4-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 4 .
  • (B4-2) A compound according to (B4-1), wherein —B 4 is independently hydroxy-C 1-4 alkyl or ether-C 1-4 alkyl.
  • (B4-3) A compound according to (B4-1), wherein —B 4 is independently:
  • (B5-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 5 .
  • (B5-2) A compound according to (B5-1), wherein —B 5 is independently phenyl-C 1-6 alkyl or C 5-6 heteroaryl-C 1-6 alkyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • (B5-3) A compound according to (B5-1), wherein —B 5 is independently -L Y5 -Ar Y5 ,
  • (B6-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 6 .
  • (B6-2) A compound according to (B6-1), wherein —B 6 is independently acyl-C 1-6 alkyl, carboxy-C 1-6 alkyl, oxyacyl-C 1-6 alkyl, or acyloxy-C 1-6 alkyl.
  • (B6-3) A compound according to (B6-1), wherein —B 6 is independently:
  • (B7-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 7 .
  • (B7-2) A compound according to (B7-1), wherein —B 7 is independently amido-C 1-4 alkyl or substituted amido-C 1-4 alkyl.
  • (B7-3) A compound according to (B7-1), wherein —B 7 is independently:
  • (B8-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 8 .
  • (B8-2) A compound according to (B8-1), wherein —B 8 is independently C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl-C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-6 heterocyclyl, or C 3-6 heterocyclyl-C 1-4 alkyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • (B8-3) A compound according to (B8-1), wherein —B 8 is independently:
  • (B9-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 9 .
  • (B9-2) A compound according to (B9-1), wherein —B 9 is independently halo-C 1-6 alkyl.
  • haloalkyl relates to a saturated aliphatic alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I.
  • (B9-3) A compound according to (B9-2), wherein —B 9 is independently halo-C 1-4 alkyl.
  • (B9-4) A compound according to (B9-2), wherein —B 9 is independently selected from:
  • (B10-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 10 .
  • (B10-2) A compound according to (B10-1), wherein —B 10 is independently nitro-C 1-6 alkyl.
  • (B10-3) A compound according to (B10-1), wherein —B 10 is independently -L Y10 -NO 2 , wherein -L Y10 - is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkylene.
  • (B10-4) A compound according to (B10-3), wherein -L Y10 - is independently —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH(CH 3 )—, —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH(CH 3 )—, or —CH(CH 2 CH 3 )—.
  • (B10-5) A compound according to (B10-3), wherein -L Y10 - is independently —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —.
  • (B10-6) A compound according to (B10-3), wherein -L Y10 - is independently —CH 2 —.
  • (B10-7) A compound according to (B10-3), wherein —B 10 is independently —CH 2 —NO 2 .
  • (B11-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 11 .
  • (B11-2) A compound according to (B11-1), wherein —B 11 is independently cyano-C 1-6 alkyl.
  • (B11-3) A compound according to (B11-1), wherein —B 11 is independently -L Y11 -CN, wherein -L Y11 - is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkylene.
  • (B11-4) A compound according to (B11-3), wherein -L Y11 - is independently —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH(CH 3 )—, —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH(CH 3 )—, or —CH(CH 2 CH 3 )—.
  • (B11-5) A compound according to (B11-3), wherein -L Y11 - is independently —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —.
  • (B11-6) A compound according to (B11-3), wherein -L Y11 - is independently —CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 —.
  • (B11-7) A compound according to (B11-3), wherein —B 11 is independently —CH 2 —CN.
  • (B12-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 12 .
  • (B12-2) A compound according to (B12-1), wherein —B 12 is independently phosphate-C 1-6 alkyl.
  • (B12-3) A compound according to (B12-1), wherein —B 12 is independently:
  • (B13-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 13 .
  • (B13-2) A compound according to (B13-1), wherein —B 13 is independently carbamate-C 1-6 alkyl.
  • (B13-3) A compound according to (B13-1), wherein —B 13 is independently:
  • (B14-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B 14 .
  • (B14-2) A compound according to (B14-1), wherein —B 14 is independently oxime-C 1-6 alkyl.
  • (B14-3) A compound according to (B14-1), wherein —B 14 is independently:
  • the 38TM compound has a molecular weight of from 200 to 1200.
  • the bottom of range is from 210, 220, 225, 250, 275, 300, or 350.
  • the top of range is 1100, 1000, 900, 800, 700, or 600.
  • the range is 220 to 600.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to 38TM compounds, as described herein, in substantially purified form and/or in a form substantially free from contaminants.
  • the compound is in a substantially purified form with a purity of least 50% by weight, e.g., at least 60% by weight, e.g., at least 70% by weight, e.g., at least 80% by weight, e.g., at least 90% by weight, e.g., at least 95% by weight, e.g., at least 97% by weight, e.g., at least 98% by weight, e.g., at least 99% by weight.
  • a purity of least 50% by weight e.g., at least 60% by weight, e.g., at least 70% by weight, e.g., at least 80% by weight, e.g., at least 90% by weight, e.g., at least 95% by weight, e.g., at least 97% by weight, e.g., at least 98% by weight, e.g., at least 99% by weight.
  • the substantially purified form refers to the compound in any stereoisomeric or enantiomeric form.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of stereoisomers, i.e., purified with respect to other compounds.
  • the substantially purified form refers to one stereoisomer, e.g., optically pure stereoisomer.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of enantiomers.
  • the substantially purified form refers to an equimolar mixture of enantiomers (i.e., a racemic mixture, a racemate).
  • the substantially purified form refers to one enantiomer, e.g., optically pure enantiomer.
  • the compound is in a form substantially free from contaminants wherein the contaminants represent no more than 50% by weight, e.g., no more than 40% by weight, e.g., no more than 30% by weight, e.g., no more than 20% by weight, e.g., no more than 10% by weight, e.g., no more than 5% by weight, e.g., no more than 3% by weight, e.g., no more than 2% by weight, e.g., no more than 1% by weight.
  • the contaminants represent no more than 50% by weight, e.g., no more than 40% by weight, e.g., no more than 30% by weight, e.g., no more than 20% by weight, e.g., no more than 10% by weight, e.g., no more than 5% by weight, e.g., no more than 3% by weight, e.g., no more than 2% by weight, e.g., no more than 1% by weight.
  • the contaminants refer to other compounds, that is, other than stereoisomers or enantiomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and other stereoisomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and the other enantiomer.
  • the compound is in a substantially purified form with an optical purity of at least 60% (i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired enantiomer), e.g., at least 70%, e.g., at least 80%, e.g., at least 90%, e.g., at least 95%, e.g., at least 97%, e.g., at least 98%, e.g., at least 99%.
  • Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r-forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+) and ( ⁇ ) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; ⁇ - and ⁇ -forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as “isomers” (or “isomeric forms”).
  • isomers are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e., isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space).
  • a reference to a methoxy group, —OCH 3 is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, —CH 2 OH.
  • a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl.
  • a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C 1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
  • C 1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl
  • butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl
  • methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl
  • keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H (D), and 3 H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
  • a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including mixtures (e.g., racemic mixtures) thereof.
  • Methods for the preparation (e.g., asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g., fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
  • a corresponding salt of the compound for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt.
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt examples are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci., Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
  • suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na + and K + , alkaline earth cations such as Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ , and other cations such as Al +3 .
  • suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH 4 + ) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH 3 R + , NH 2 R 2 + , NR 4 + ).
  • substituted ammonium ions examples include those derived from ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine.
  • An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH 3 ) 4 + .
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
  • suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric.
  • a reference to a particular compound also includes salt forms thereof.
  • solvate is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., compound, salt of compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
  • a reference to a particular compound also includes hydrate and solvate forms thereof.
  • chemically protected form is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like).
  • specified conditions e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like.
  • well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions.
  • one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
  • a wide variety of such “protecting,” “blocking,” or “masking” methods are widely used and well known in organic synthesis.
  • a compound which has two nonequivalent reactive functional groups both of which would be reactive under specified conditions, may be derivatized to render one of the functional groups “protected,” and therefore unreactive, under the specified conditions; so protected, the compound may be used as a reactant which has effectively only one reactive functional group.
  • the protected group may be “deprotected” to return it to its original functionality.
  • a hydroxy group may be protected as an ether (—OR) or an ester (—OC( ⁇ O)R), for example, as: a t-butyl ether; a benzyl, benzhydryl(diphenylmethyl), or trityl(triphenylmethyl)ether; a trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl ether; or an acetyl ester (—OC( ⁇ O)CH 3 , —OAc).
  • ether —OR
  • an ester —OC( ⁇ O)R
  • an aldehyde or ketone group may be protected as an acetal (R—CH(OR) 2 ) or ketal (R 2 C(OR) 2 ), respectively, in which the carbonyl group (>C ⁇ O) is converted to a diether (>C(OR) 2 ), by reaction with, for example, a primary alcohol.
  • the aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
  • an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (—NRCO—R) or a urethane (—NRCO—OR), for example, as: a methyl amide (—NHCO—CH 3 ); a benzyloxy amide (—NHCO—OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , —NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (—NHCO—OC(CH 3 ) 3 , —NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2-propoxy amide (—NHCO—OC(CH 3 ) 2 C 6 H 4 C 6 H 5 , —NH-Bpoc), as a 9-fluorenylmethoxy amide (—NH-Fmoc), as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (—NH-Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (—NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (—NH-Troc),
  • a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C 1-7 alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a C 1-7 haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C 1-7 -trihaloalkyl ester); a triC 1-7 alkylsilyl-C 1-7 alkyl ester; or a C 5-20 aryl-C 1-7 alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
  • an C 1-7 alkyl ester e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester
  • a C 1-7 haloalkyl ester e.g., a C 1-7 -trihaloalkyl ester
  • a thiol group may be protected as a thioether (—SR), for example, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether (—S—CH 2 NHC( ⁇ O)CH 3 ).
  • SR thioether
  • benzyl thioether an acetamidomethyl ether (—S—CH 2 NHC( ⁇ O)CH 3 ).
  • a carbonyl group may be protected as an oxime (—C( ⁇ NOH)—) or a substituted oxime (—C( ⁇ NOR)—), for example, where R is saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl.
  • prodrug refers to a compound which, when metabolised (e.g., in vivo), yields the desired active compound.
  • the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the desired active compound, but may provide advantageous handling, administration, or metabolic properties.
  • some prodrugs are esters of the active compound (e.g., a physiologically acceptable metabolically labile ester). During metabolism, the ester group (—C( ⁇ O)OR) is cleaved to yield the active drug.
  • esters may be formed by esterification, for example, of any of the carboxylic acid groups (—C( ⁇ O)OH) in the parent compound, with, where appropriate, prior protection of any other reactive groups present in the parent compound, followed by deprotection if required.
  • prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound (for example, as in ADEPT, GDEPT, LIDEPT, etc.).
  • the prodrug may be a sugar derivative or other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative.
  • a suitable isocyanate is reacted with 5-diazoimidazole-4-carboxamide (a well-known reagent) to give the corresponding 3-substituted imidazotetrazine, for example as illustrated in the following scheme.
  • Suitable isocyanates may be obtained from commercial sources, or prepared using known methods, or by adapting known methods in known ways. For example, methods for preparing certain isocyanates are described in WO 96/27588.
  • Acyl azides are commonly prepared by the treatment of an acid chloride with sodium azide or, more conveniently, are prepared directly from the carboxylic acid using diphenylphosphoryl azide (dppa) (see, e.g., Shioiri, T., et al., 1972, J. Am. Chem. Soc ., Vol. 94, pp. 6203-6205) and are not normally isolated.
  • dppa diphenylphosphoryl azide
  • the 3-(hydroxymethyl) compound (3-hydroxymethyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid amide) is used as a key intermediate.
  • This key intermediate may be prepared by methods described here, and illustrated, for example, in the following scheme.
  • This key intermediate may then be used to prepare a range of other 3-substituted compounds by reaction with a suitable halide (e.g., R—X, where X is, for example, —I), for example, in the presence of a suitable base.
  • a suitable halide e.g., R—X, where X is, for example, —I
  • An example of this method is illustrated in the following scheme.
  • Modifications at the 8-position may be made, for example, by starting from the corresponding carboxamide. Suitable methods for modification at the 8-position are described in the Examples below.
  • Isotopically labelled compounds may be prepared, for example, using methods illustrated in the following scheme, where R* denotes an isotopically labelled group.
  • an isotopically labelled group may be introduced at the 8-position, later in the synthesis of the target compound, for example, using methods illustrated in the following scheme, where R* denotes an isotopically labelled group.
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a composition comprising a 38TM compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a composition comprising admixing a 38TM compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • the 38TM compounds described herein are useful, for example, in the treatment of proliferative disorders, such as, for example, cancer, etc.
  • the 38TM compounds described herein e.g., (a) regulate (e.g., inhibit) cell proliferation; (b) inhibit cell cycle progression; (c) promote apoptosis; or (d) a combination of one or more of these.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a 38TM compound, as described herein.
  • the method is a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a 38TM compound, as described herein.
  • the method is performed in vitro.
  • the method is performed in vivo.
  • the 38TM compound is provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
  • Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, cancer cells derived from tumours or the lung, gastrointestinal (including, e.g., bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin.
  • gastrointestinal including, e.g., bowel, colon
  • breast mammary
  • ovarian prostate
  • liver hepatic
  • kidney renal
  • bladder pancreas
  • brain and skin.
  • a candidate compound regulates (e.g., inhibits) cell proliferation, etc.
  • assays which may conveniently be used to assess the activity offered by a particular compound are described herein.
  • a sample of cells e.g., from a tumour
  • a compound brought into contact with said cells, and the effect of the compound on those cells observed.
  • effect the morphological status of the cells (e.g., alive or dead, etc.) may be determined.
  • this may be used as a prognostic or diagnostic marker of the efficacy of the compound in methods of treating a patient carrying cells of the same cellular type.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a 38TM compound, as described herein, for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a 38TM compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
  • the medicament comprises the 38TM compound.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a 38TM compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the treatment is treatment of a proliferative disorder.
  • proliferative condition pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth.
  • the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition characterised by benign, pre-malignant, or malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms, hyperplasias, and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (see below), psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g., of connective tissues), pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, smooth muscle cell proliferation in the blood vessels, such as stenosis or restenosis following angioplasty.
  • a proliferative condition characterised by benign, pre-malignant, or malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms, hyperplasias, and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (see below), psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroprolife
  • the treatment is treatment of: cancer.
  • the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, stomach cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, renal cell carcinoma, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, glioma, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, bone cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, squamous carcinoma of the head or neck, skin cancer, squamous cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, malignant melanoma, lymphoma, or leukemia.
  • the treatment is treatment of:
  • the treatment is treatment of solid tumour cancer.
  • the treatment is treatment of haematological cancer.
  • the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, renal cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, squamous carcinoma of the head or neck, or glioma.
  • the treatment is treatment of glioma.
  • the cancer is characterised by, or further characterised by, cancer stem cells.
  • the cancer is MGMT- cancer.
  • the cancer is MGMT+ cancer.
  • the cancer is MMR proficient cancer.
  • the cancer is MMR deficient cancer.
  • the cancer is temozolomide resistant or temozolomide refractory.
  • the cancer is inherently temozolomide resistant or inherently temozolomide refractory.
  • the cancer is temozolomide resistant or temozolomide refractory following exposure to (e.g., treatment with) temozolomide.
  • the anti-cancer effect may arise through one or more mechanisms, including but not limited to, the regulation of cell proliferation, the inhibition of cell cycle progression, the inhibition of angiogenesis (the formation of new blood vessels), the inhibition of metastasis (the spread of a tumour from its origin), the inhibition of invasion (the spread of tumour cells into neighbouring normal structures), or the promotion of apoptosis (programmed cell death).
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of the cancers described herein, independent of the mechanisms discussed herein.
  • treatment pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, alleviation of symptoms of the condition, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition.
  • Treatment as a prophylactic measure i.e., prophylaxis
  • treatment is also included. For example, use with patients who have not yet developed the condition, but who are at risk of developing the condition, is encompassed by the term “treatment.”
  • treatment includes the prophylaxis of cancer, reducing the incidence of cancer, alleviating the symptoms of cancer, etc.
  • terapéuticaally-effective amount pertains to that amount of a compound, or a material, composition or dosage form comprising a compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.
  • treatment includes combination treatments and therapies, in which two or more treatments or therapies are combined, for example, sequentially or simultaneously.
  • the compounds described herein may also be used in combination therapies, e.g., in conjunction with other agents, for example, cytotoxic agents, anticancer agents, molecularly-targeted agents, etc.
  • treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g., drugs, antibodies (e.g., as in immunotherapy), prodrugs (e.g., as in photodynamic therapy, GDEPT, ADEPT, etc.); surgery; radiation therapy; photodynamic therapy; gene therapy; and controlled diets.
  • a 38TM compound as described herein may be beneficial to combine treatment with a 38TM compound as described herein with one or more other (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4) agents or therapies that regulates cell growth or survival or differentiation via a different mechanism, thus treating several characteristic features of cancer development.
  • one or more other agents or therapies that regulates cell growth or survival or differentiation via a different mechanism
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a 38TM compound as described herein, in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents, as described below.
  • the agents may be administered simultaneously or sequentially, and may be administered in individually varying dose schedules and via different routes.
  • the agents can be administered at closely spaced intervals (e.g., over a period of 5-10 minutes) or at longer intervals (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 or more hours apart, or even longer periods apart where required), the precise dosage regimen being commensurate with the properties of the therapeutic agent(s).
  • agents i.e., the 38TM compound described here, plus one or more other agents
  • the agents may be formulated together in a single dosage form, or alternatively, the individual agents may be formulated separately and presented together in the form of a kit, optionally with instructions for their use.
  • the 38TM compounds described herein may also be used as cell culture additives to inhibit cell proliferation, etc.
  • the 38TM compounds described herein may also be used as part of an in vitro assay, for example, in order to determine whether a candidate host is likely to benefit from treatment with the compound in question.
  • the 38TM compounds described herein may also be used as a standard, for example, in an assay, in order to identify other compounds, other anti-proliferative agents, other anti-cancer agents, etc.
  • kits comprising (a) a 38TM compound as described herein, or a composition comprising a 38TM compound as described herein, e.g., preferably provided in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, e.g., written instructions on how to administer the compound or composition.
  • the written instructions may also include a list of indications for which the active ingredient is a suitable treatment.
  • the 38TM compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the 38TM compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (i.e., at the site of desired action).
  • Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g., by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular
  • the subject/patient may be a chordate, a vertebrate, a mammal, a placental mammal, a marsupial (e.g., kangaroo, wombat), a rodent (e.g., a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine (e.g., a mouse), a lagomorph (e.g., a rabbit), avian (e.g., a bird), canine (e.g., a dog), feline (e.g., a cat), equine (e.g., a horse), porcine (e.g., a pig), ovine (e.g., a sheep), bovine (e.g., a cow), a primate, simian (e.g., a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g., marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g
  • the subject/patient may be any of its forms of development, for example, a foetus.
  • the subject/patient is a human.
  • the 38TM compound While it is possible for the 38TM compound to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation (e.g., composition, preparation, medicament) comprising at least one 38TM compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents.
  • the formulation may further comprise other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
  • the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one 38TM compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the compound.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.
  • Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1990; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 5th edition, 2005.
  • the formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.
  • carriers e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.
  • the formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.
  • Formulations may suitably be in the form of liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, mouthwashes, drops, tablets (including, e.g., coated tablets), granules, powders, losenges, pastilles, capsules (including, e.g., hard and soft gelatin capsules), cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses, suppositories, pessaries, tinctures, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, foams, sprays, mists, or aerosols.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • Formulations may suitably be provided as a patch, adhesive plaster, bandage, dressing, or the like which is impregnated with one or more compounds and optionally one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, including, for example, penetration, permeation, and absorption enhancers. Formulations may also suitably be provided in the form of a depot or reservoir.
  • the compound may be dissolved in, suspended in, or admixed with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients.
  • the compound may be presented in a liposome or other microparticulate which is designed to target the compound, for example, to blood components or one or more organs.
  • Formulations suitable for oral administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, tablets, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses.
  • Formulations suitable for buccal administration include mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Losenges typically comprise the compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth.
  • Pastilles typically comprise the compound in an inert matrix, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia.
  • Mouthwashes typically comprise the compound in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations suitable for sublingual administration include tablets, losenges, pastilles, capsules, and pills.
  • Formulations suitable for oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • emulsions e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil
  • mouthwashes e.g., losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Formulations suitable for non-oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), suppositories, pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • emulsions e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil
  • suppositories e.g., pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Formulations suitable for transdermal administration include gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, and oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, bandages, dressings, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Tablets may be made by conventional means, e.g., compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the compound in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with one or more binders (e.g., povidone, gelatin, acacia, sorbitol, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose); fillers or diluents (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, silica); disintegrants (e.g., sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose); surface-active or dispersing or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate); preservatives (e.g., methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl
  • Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the compound therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile.
  • Tablets may optionally be provided with a coating, for example, to affect release, for example an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach.
  • Ointments are typically prepared from the compound and a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
  • Creams are typically prepared from the compound and an oil-in-water cream base.
  • the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane-1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the compound through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.
  • Emulsions are typically prepared from the compound and an oily phase, which may optionally comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), or it may comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil.
  • an emulsifier also known as an emulgent
  • a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabiliser. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • the emulsifier(s) with or without stabiliser(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax
  • the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • Suitable emulgents and emulsion stabilisers include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations may be very low.
  • the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
  • Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a liquid include, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administration by nebuliser, include aqueous or oily solutions of the compound.
  • Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a solid include, for example, those presented as a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
  • Formulations suitable for pulmonary administration include those presented as an aerosol spray from a pressurised pack, with the use of a suitable propellant, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
  • a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
  • Formulations suitable for ocular administration include eye drops wherein the compound is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the compound.
  • Formulations suitable for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semi-liquid or liquid polyols, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate; or as a solution or suspension for treatment by enema.
  • a suitable base comprising, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semi-liquid or liquid polyols, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate; or as a solution or suspension for treatment by enema.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the compound, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous or non-aqueous, isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile liquids (e.g., solutions, suspensions), in which the compound is dissolved, suspended, or otherwise provided (e.g., in a liposome or other microparticulate).
  • sterile liquids e.g., solutions, suspensions
  • Such liquids may additional contain other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, such as anti-oxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, suspending agents, thickening agents, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood (or other relevant bodily fluid) of the intended recipient.
  • excipients include, for example, water, alcohols, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils, and the like.
  • suitable isotonic carriers for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection.
  • concentration of the compound in the liquid is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 ⁇ g/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • sterile liquid carrier for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
  • appropriate dosages of the 38TM compounds, and compositions comprising the 38TM compounds can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects.
  • the selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular 38TM compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the 38TM compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, the severity of the condition, and the species, sex, age, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient.
  • the amount of 38TM compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, veterinarian, or clinician, although generally the dosage will be selected to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.
  • Administration can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell(s) being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician, veterinarian, or clinician.
  • a suitable dose of the 38TM compound is in the range of about 10 ⁇ g to about 250 mg (more typically about 100 ⁇ g to about 25 mg) per kilogram body weight of the subject per day.
  • the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately.
  • Phosphorus pentasulfide 25 mg, 0.11 mmol was added in one portion to a suspension of 3-(methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide and hexamethyldisiloxane (85 mg; 0.112 mL, 0.525 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) and the mixture was refluxed overnight.
  • the crude product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (95:5) as eluent to give 39 mg of the title compound as an orange solid (36% yield).
  • Temozolomide (0.200 g; 1.03 mmol) and 2-bromoacetophenone (0.246 g; 1.24 mmol) were stirred in a sealed tube under nitrogen, and heated to 130° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled, and then concentrated in vacuo before being applied directly to the head of a chromatography column (SiO 2 ) and purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH, 5:1), to give the title compound as a yellow powder (0.003 g; 1%).
  • Nitrogen gas was bubbled through N-(2-(4-bromophenyl)-2-oxoethyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (0.252 g; 0.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) and Burgess reagent (0.285 g; 1.2 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 60° C. under microwave irradiation for 10 minutes, then the reaction analysed by LC/MS, which indicated some product had formed.
  • Nitrogen gas was bubbled through 4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (0.067 g; 0.2 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1.5 mL) and Burgess reagent (0.190 g; 0.8 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 60° C. under microwave irradiation for 10 minutes, then the reaction analysed by LC/MS, which indicated that the reaction was incomplete.
  • N′-benzoyl-3-(methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbohydrazide (0.47 mmol, 170 mg, 1 eq.) and 1-methoxy-N-triethylammoniosulfonyl-methanimidate (Burgess Reagent) (1.61 mmol, 383 mg, 3.4 eq.) were dissolved in THF (8 mL). Microwave energy was applied to the solution for 5 minutes, keeping reaction temperature at 60° C.
  • Triethylamine (1.1 eq.) was added to a suspension of the appropriate aminoketone hydrochloride in acetonitrile (4 mL/100 mg of S-methylthioimidate hydroiodide) and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes (10 minutes in the case of aminoacetophenone) at room temperature before the addition of the appropriate 8-substituted S-methylthioimidate hydroiodide derivative.
  • the title compound was synthesized from methyl 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbimidothioate hydroiodide and 2-amino-1-(thiophen-2-yl)ethanone hydrochloride, using a reaction time of 16 hours for the amidine formation. Yield 66%.
  • the title compound was synthesized from methyl 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbimidothioate hydroiodide and aminoacetophenone hydrochloride, using a reaction time of 5 hours and 30 minutes for the amidine formation. Yield 29%.
  • Aminoacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal (68 ⁇ L, 0.624 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbimidothioate hydroiodide (200 mg, 0.568 mmol) in acetonitrile (8 mL) and the mixture was stirred overnight. The precipitate, which formed during the reaction, was filtered and washed successively with water, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give the title product as a bright yellow solid (92 mg, 58%).
  • the precipitate was filtered and washed successively with water and diethyl ether. 10 mg of crude product obtained from a previous experiment was combined, and the crude mixture was absorbed on silica. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (95:5) as eluent to give the title compound as a bright yellow solid (25 mg, 23%).
  • the NMR spectrum of the product showed that it contained ⁇ 5/6% of either starting material or the regioisomer of the product.
  • Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.688 mL, 3.49 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of the crude N-hydroxyphenyl carboxamide (200 mg, 0.70 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (916 mg, 3.49 mmol) in THF (8 mL) at room temperature. The mixture, which became a solution and then a thick suspension, was stirred overnight. The mixture was diluted with a small amount of THF and the precipitate was filtered and washed with THF and diethyl ether to give 470 mg of the crude title compound as a bright yellow green solid.
  • Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (206 ⁇ L, 1.09 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of the crude N-hydroxyphenyl-carboxamide (165 mg, 0.50 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (286 mg, 1.09 mmol) in THF (6 mL) at room temperature. The mixture became homogeneous and was stirred overnight. The precipitate, which formed overnight, was filtered and washed with diethyl ether.
  • the filtrate which contained mainly 8-(benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-3-(methylthiomethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1, 2, 3, 5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one, was combined with the precipitate for purification by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (98:2) as eluent to give 50 mg of 8-(benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-3-(methylthiomethypimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one as a bright yellow/green solid.
  • Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (98 ⁇ L, 0.518 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of the crude N-hydroxyphenylcarboxamide (74 mg, 0.238 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (136 mg, 0.518 mmol, 2.2) in THF (3 mL) at room temperature. The mixture became homogeneous and was stirred overnight. The precipitate, which formed overnight, was filtered and washed with a small amount of DCM to give 39 mg of crude product.
  • Dess Martin periodinane (202 mg, 0.477 mmol) was added in small portions to a solution of 3-methyl-4-oxo-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (300 mg (as 3:2 mixture with carboxamide), 0.434 mmol) in chloroform (60 mL) and the reaction was monitored by thin layer chromatography. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and 20 mg of Dess Martin periodinane was added.
  • the NMR spectrum of the crude product showed that a complex mixture containing the N-mercaptophenyl carboxamide, the title compound and other uncharacterized impurities, was obtained.
  • Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (127 ⁇ L, 0.674 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of the mixture (100 mg) and triphenylphosphine (178 mg, 0.674 mmol) in THF (4 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred overnight and was diluted in dichloromethane and methanol.
  • the crude product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (98:2) as eluent to give 44 mg of a sticky solid.
  • Step A 0-(Benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (908 mg, 2.40 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (500 mg, 2.28 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) and the mixture was stirred 20 minutes before being added slowly dropwise to a solution of phenylenediamine (370 mg, 3.42 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight and was poured into ice.
  • Step B Triflic anhydride (82 ⁇ L, 0.485 mmol) was added dropwise at 0° C. under nitrogen to a solution of triphenylphosphine oxide (135 mg, 0.485 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes. The resulting solution was then added dropwise at 0° C. under nitrogen to a stirred suspension of N-(2-aminophenyl)-4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.162 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL).
  • the product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeCN (80:20) as eluent to give the title compound as a bright yellow/green solid (33 mg, 62% yield).
  • the product was then suspended in ethyl acetate, filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to remove any trace of DMF.
  • Triflic anhydride (820 ⁇ L; 4.85 mmol) was added to a solution of triphenylphosphine oxide (1.35 g; 4.85 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at 0° C. and the mixture stirred for 20 minutes, then added to a suspension of N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (0.500 g; 1.61 mmol—combined batches) in DCM (15 mL). The solution was stirred for 96 hours, and the precipitate filtered. This was the triflate salt of the desired product (550 mg).
  • Methoxymethyl isocyanate 150 mg, 1.8 mmol was added to a solution of (E)-4-(2-(4-diazo-4H-imidazol-5-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile (80 mg, 0.36 mmol) in dry DMSO (1 mL) under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours, then purified by column chromatography (5% MeCN/DCM) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (42 mg, 38%).
  • Piperidine (1.7 g, 0.02 mol) was added to a suspension of 4-methyl-5-nitroimidazole (5 g, 0.04 mol) and 2-thiophenecarboxaldehyde (22 g, 0.2 mol) and heated at 100° C. for 15 hours. After cooling, DMF (5 mL) and IPA (15 mL) were added and the precipitate filtered from solution and washed with IPA (50 mL) to leave the product as a yellow solid (6.0 g, 69%).
  • the cell culture techniques were carried out in a Class II microbiological safety cabinet which was swabbed with 70% IMS in distilled water before each use.
  • Glioma cells were routinely cultured in Costar tissue culture flasks in RPMI 1640 liquid medium (containing 0.3 g/L L-glutamine and 2 g/L sodium bicarbonate) supplemented with 10% heat inactivated FBS (55-59° C.) for 1 hour to denature complement proteins which would otherwise evoke a cellular immune response resulting in cell lysis, 1% non-essential amino acids, 50 ⁇ g/mL gentamicin and 400 ⁇ g/mL G418 (vector selection reagent).
  • MRC-5 cells were cultured in EMEM+10% FBS, 1% pen/strep, 1% non-essential amino acids, 1% HEPES (1M) and 1% sodium bicarbonate.
  • Cells were grown at 37° C. in a humidified incubator in an atmosphere comprising 95% air/5% CO 2 . Cells were sub-cultured when growth exceeded approximately 80% confluence, normally twice weekly. The medium was aspirated from the flask and approximately 0.8 mL trypsin-EDTA 1 ⁇ solution added. The cells were re-incubated at 37° C. until they had visibly detached from the flask. The cells were re-suspended in 5 mL medium and 0.5-1 mL was transferred to a new flask (25 cm 2 ) with 7 mL culture medium. The cells were further incubated at 37° C. To minimize phenotypic drift, cells were disposed of once they had been subcultured 30 times.
  • New batches of cells were thawed rapidly in 37° C. water bath once taken from liquid nitrogen storage and re-suspended in 10 mL of culture medium in a 25 cm 2 flask. Cells were passaged twice to allow normal growth to resume prior to use in experiments.
  • viable cells at 60-80% confluence were detached by minimum amount of trypsin/EDTA and re-suspended in sterile filtered freezing medium (95% FBS, 5% DMSO), transferred to sterile cryogenic vials, and frozen overnight at ⁇ 20° C. followed by ⁇ 80° C. for 1-2 days and stored in liquid nitrogen for long term storage.
  • sterile filtered freezing medium 95% FBS, 5% DMSO
  • test compounds including temozolomide, were prepared as 100 mM stock solutions in DMSO and stored at ⁇ 20° C. for not more than 6 months.
  • cells in suspension were gently syringed through a 23 gauge needle to obtain a near-single cell suspension.
  • Cells were then seeded into 96-well plates at the desired density in 180 ⁇ L culture medium if only one test compound was to be added, or in 160 ⁇ L if two test compounds were to be added in combination. Cells were allowed to attach overnight by incubation at 37° C. in 95% air/5% CO 2 .
  • the cell seeding densities for the different cell lines were as follows: SNB19V, SNB19M: 650 cells/well; U373V, U373M: 650 cells/well; SNB19VR, U373VR: 650 cells/well; HCT116, DLD-1, SKMEL-28, MRC-5, MCF-7: 400 cells/well.
  • T 0 time zero
  • tissue culture medium of a 100 mM stock of test compound were prepared immediately before each assay to ten times the final concentrations required.
  • 20 ⁇ L was added to each well (200 ⁇ L total media per well) to achieve final concentrations of 0.5 ⁇ M, 1 ⁇ M, 5 ⁇ M, 10 ⁇ M, 50 ⁇ M, 100 ⁇ M, 500 ⁇ M, and 1000 ⁇ M.
  • a minimum of four wells received the same test compound concentration.
  • T o plate To control wells, including those in the T o plate, 20 ⁇ L of medium was added. Previous assays had been carried out to verify that cell viability was not affected by the amount of DMSO added into the test compound-treated wells. A separate plate treated in the same way, but free of test compound, was used as a measure of cell viability at the time of drug addition (T 0 ).
  • the medium and any unconverted MTT was aspirated, 150 ⁇ L of DMSO was added to each well, and the plates were shaken on a plate shaker (Stuart Scientific 503) to ensure complete formazan solubilisation. Absorbance was then read at 550 nm on an Anthos Labtec Systems plate reader and Deltasoft 3TM software, where the absorbance readings (corrected for background absorbance) were recorded.
  • the absorbance at 550 nm is directly proportional to viable cell number. A linear relationship exists between cell number and the amount of formazan so the mean absorbance determined for all wells of the same concentration can be used as a quantitative measure of viable cells compared to the controls. A graph of absorbance against drug concentration was plotted and the test compound concentration causing 50% inhibition (GI 50 ) of control cell growth (absorbance increase from T 0 ) was calculated by interpolation.
  • SNB19V and U373V cell lines were cultured in the presence of incremental concentrations of TMZ (1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 ⁇ M) (and up to 150 ⁇ M for U373V) to generate corresponding TMZ acquired resistant cell lines (i.e., SNBI9VR and U373VR).
  • TMZ 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 ⁇ M
  • SNBI9VR TMZ acquired resistant cell lines
  • cells were exposed to a higher TMZ concentration when the re-growth was apparent and labelled as SNBI9VR and U373VR, respectively, to distinguish them from the parental cell lines.
  • a clonogenic assay which measures tumour cell survival and subsequent proliferative ability following drug exposure, was used to verify that the cells remaining metabolically active following treatment with TMZ and test compounds. See, e.g., Brown, J. M., et al., 1999, “Apoptosis, p 53, and tumor cell sensitivity to anticancer agents”, Cancer Research , Vol. 59, No. 7, pp. 1391-1399.
  • Exponentially growing cells were seeded in triplicate at a density of 200 cells/well in 6 well plates, allowed to attach overnight and then exposed to increasing concentrations of TMZ or test compounds (0, 5, 10, 100, 500, 1000 ⁇ M). After 18 hours, the media was changed to drug free media and cells left to grow in the 37° C., 95% air/5% CO 2 incubator. After 14 days, the plates were rinsed in PBS and fixed with pre-chilled methanol at room temperature for 20 minutes, stained with 0.5% methylene blue in 1:1 methanol/H 2 O (v/v) for 10 minutes, thoroughly washed in distilled water and air dried. Cell colonies containing >30 cells were counted. Growth inhibition by TMZ and test compounds was estimated by expressing the mean number of colonies for TMZ or test compound treated wells as a percentage of the mean number of colonies in control.
  • Temozolomide (TMZ)
  • TMZ Temozolomide
  • Each of compounds WW-001 through WW-066 (i.e., -A is -A 1 ) where has a SNB19V GI 50 of less than 65 ⁇ M, and most have a SNB19V GI 50 of less than 45 ⁇ M.
  • each of the following compounds has a SNB19V GI 50 of less than 45 ⁇ M: WW-001, WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-005, WW-006, WW-007, WW-008, WW-009, WW-010, WW-011, WW-012, WW-017, WW-018, WW-019, WW-022, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-026, WW-027, WW-029, WW-031, WW-033, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-041, WW-042, WW-043, WW-045, WW-047, WW-048, WW-049, WW-050, WW-051, WW-052, WW-053, WW-054, WW-055, WW-056, ⁇ NW-057, WW-058, WW-059, WW-060, WW-061, WW-062, WW-063, WW-064, WW-065, WW-066.
  • these compounds have a SNB19V activity that is similar to, if not better than, that of TMZ (45.6 ⁇ M).
  • TMZ has a SNB19M GI 50 of 526.3 ⁇ M
  • each of compounds WW-001 through WW-066 has a SNB19M GI 50 of less than 100 ⁇ M, and many have a SNB19M GI 50 of less than 70 ⁇ M.
  • each of the following compounds has a SNB19M GI 50 of less than 70 ⁇ M: WW-001, WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-005, WW-007, WW-008, WW-010, WW-011, WW-012, WW-013, WW-014, WW-015, WW-016, WW-017, WW-018, WW-019, WW-020, WW-021, WW-022, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-026, WW-027, WW-028, WW-029, WW-030, WW-031, WW-032, WW-033, WW-034, WW-035, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-039, WW-040, WW-042, WW-043, WW-046, WW-047, WW-048, WW-049, WW-050, WW-051, WW-052, WW-053, WW-055, WW-056, WW-057, WW-058, WW-059, WW-060, WW-061, WW-062, WW-063, WW
  • each of the following compounds has a U373V GI 50 of less than 75 ⁇ M: WW-001, WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-005, WW-006, WW-007, WW-008, WW-009, WW-011, WW-012, WW-013, WW-014, WW-015, WW-016, WW-021, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-026, WW-027, WW-028, WW-029, WW-030, WW-031, WW-032, WW-033, WW-034, WW-035, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-039, WW-040, WW-041, WW-042, WW-044, WW-045, WW-046, WW-047, WW-048, WW-049, WW-050, WW-051, WW-052, WW-054, WW-055, WW-058, WW-062, WW-063.
  • each of the following compounds has a U373M GI 50 of less than 60 ⁇ M: WW-001, WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-005, WW-006, WW-007, WW-008, WW-009, WW-012, WW-013, WW-014, WW-015, WW-016, WW-021, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-026, WW-027, WW-028, WW-029, WW-030, WW-031, WW-032, WW-033, WW-034, WW-035, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-039, WW-040, WW-042, WW-046, WW-047, WW-048, WW-049, WW-050, WW-051, WW-052, WW-055, WW-058, WW-062, WW-063.
  • these compounds have good activity against tumour cell lines regardless of the MGMT and MMR (Mis-Match Repair) status of the cell line.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds of the following formula, wherein -A and —B are as defined herein (collectively referred to herein as 38TM compounds):
Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00001
The present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit cell proliferation, and in the treatment of proliferative disorders such as cancer, etc., and methods of preparing such compounds.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATION
  • This application is related to U.S. provisional patent application No. 61/219,575 filed 23 Jun. 2009, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
    • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds (collectively referred to herein as 38TM compounds). The present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit cell proliferation, and in the treatment of proliferative disorders such as cancer, etc., and methods of preparing such compounds.
    • BACKGROUND
  • A number of patents and publications are cited herein in order to more fully describe and disclose the invention and the state of the art to which the invention pertains. Each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety into the present disclosure, to the same extent as if each individual reference was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
  • Throughout this specification, including the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word “comprise,” and variations such as “comprises” and “comprising,” will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.
  • It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a pharmaceutical carrier” includes mixtures of two or more such carriers, and the like.
  • Ranges are often expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by the use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment.
  • This disclosure includes information that may be useful in understanding the present invention. It is not an admission that any of the information provided herein is prior art or relevant to the presently claimed invention, or that any publication specifically or implicitly referenced is prior art.
    • Temozolomide
  • Temozolomide (also known as 3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-4-oxoimidazo[5,1-d]-1,2,3,5-tetrazine-8-carboxamide; 8-carbamoyl-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d]-1,2,3,5-tetrazin-4(3H)-one; methazolastone; M & B 39831; CCRG-81045; NSC-362856; Temodal; Temodar) is a well known anti-neoplastic agent that acts as an alkylating agent. Its primary application is in the treatment of brain cancer (e.g., glioma).
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00002
  • Temozolomide is a prodrug, being cleaved in a multi-step pathway firstly to liberate an unstable monomethyltriazene (MTIC), which then suffers proteolytic fragmentation to generate a highly-reactive methylating agent (methanediazonium ion) and 5-aminoimidazole-4-carboxamide (see, e.g., Arrowsmith et al., 2002, J. Med. Chem., Vol. 45, pp. 5458-5470). Support for this process comes from the isolation of MTIC from the degradation of temozolomide in aqueous sodium carbonate solution (see, e.g., Stevens et al., 1984, J. Med. Chem., Vol. 27, pp. 196-201). There is only a small pH window around physiological pH where ring-opening of temozolomide is accompanied by fragmentation of MTIC in a methylating mode.
  • The methanediazonium active species derived from MTIC (or temozolomide) is believed to covalently methylate guanine residues of DNA in tracts of three or more guanines (see, e.g., Hartley et al., 1988, Carcinogenesis, Vol. 9, pp. 669-674; Clark et al., 1995, J. Med. Chem., Vol. 38, pp. 1493-1504). The significant site of DNA methylation is the O-6 position of guanine residues and tumours which express high levels of the DNA repair protein O(6)-methylguanine methyltransferase (MGMT; also known as ATase) are inherently resistant to the drug (see, e.g., Wedge et al., 1996, Br. J. Cancer, Vol. 74, pp. 1030-1036; Lee et al., 1994, Br. J. Cancer, Vol. 69, pp. 452-456.) These studies have been reviewed (see, e.g., Stevens and Newlands, 1993, Eur. J. Cancer, Vol. 29A, pp. 1045-1047; Newlands et al., 1997, Cancer Treat. Rev., Vol. 23, pp. 35-61). O-6 guanine methylation is a cytotoxic (antitumor) lesion since it provokes base mis-pairing with thymine during DNA replication. Unless repaired by MGMT, mis-pairing on the daughter strand is recognised by mismatch repair proteins which trigger futile cycles of thymine excision and re-insertion leading to persistent DNA strand breaks.
  • In a significant development in our understanding of the molecular determinants influencing tumor responses to temozolomide, it is now clear that the promoter methylation status (at cytosine C-5 in CpG sequences of the MGMT gene) is a powerful predictor of clinical outcome in glioblastoma patients (see, e.g., Hegi et al., 2004, Clin. Cancer Res. Vol. 10, pp. 1871-1874; Hegi et al., 2005, New England J. Med., Vol. 352, pp. 997-1003). Tumors with the MGMT gene switched off, as in some brain tumors, are unable to repair the O-6 guanine lesions and are particularly sensitive to temozolomide. Conversely, most common tumors with the MGMT repair gene switched on, leading to high cellular levels of MGMT, can repair the O-6 guanine lesions and are resistant to the drug. This epigenetic feature considerably restricts the spectrum of action of temozolomide and its penetration of the cancer market.
  • A new strategy to overcome these deficiencies proposes that compounds structurally related in structure to temozolomide and retaining the drug's favourable pharmaceutical profile—such as ease of synthesis, acid stability, oral bioavailability, freedom from metabolic complications, transmission across the blood-brain barrier, and an acceptable toxicological profile—could be developed which create an alternative anti-tumor lesion at O-6 residues of guanines in DNA (i.e., not methylation) which cannot be repaired by MGMT. Such compounds would be likely to retain useful therapeutic activity against all brain tumors, but also those major killer tumor types (e.g., lung, breast, ovarian, colorectal, renal, pancreatic, melanoma) which are currently inherently resistant to temozolomide.
  • Temozolomide is the subject of granted claim 13 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,260,291 to Lunt et al. granted 9 Nov. 1993.
  • Certain 3-substituted-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid amide (3™) compounds are described in international patent application number PCT/GB2008/004140 filed 16 Dec. 2008 (published as WO 2009/077741 on 25 Jun. 2009).
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to certain 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds (collectively referred to herein as 38TM compounds), as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to compositions (e.g., a pharmaceutical compositions) comprising a 38TM compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of preparing a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising the step of admixing a 38TM compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to methods of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a 38TM compound, as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to methods of treatment comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a 38TM compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a 38TM compound as described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a 38TM compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a proliferative disorder.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, renal cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, squamous carcinoma of the head or neck, or glioma.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: glioma.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a kit comprising (a) a 38TM compound, as described herein, preferably provided as a pharmaceutical composition and in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, for example, written instructions on how to administer the compound.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to certain methods of synthesis, as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a compound (e.g., a 38TM compound) obtainable by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a compound (e.g., a 38TM compound) obtained by a method of synthesis as described herein, or by a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to certain novel intermediates, as described herein, which are suitable for use in the methods of synthesis described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to the use of such novel intermediates, as described herein, in the methods of synthesis described herein.
  • As will be appreciated by one of skill in the art, features and preferred embodiments of one aspect of the invention will also pertain to other aspect of the invention.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Compounds
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to certain compounds that may be considered to be derivatives of Temozolomide (also known as 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid amide):
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00003
  • The compounds may conveniently be described as 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00004
  • In all embodiments, the compounds have an 8-substituent that is different from that found in Temozolomide, i.e., is different from —C(═O)NH2.
  • In some embodiments, the compounds have a 3-substituent that is different from that found in Temozolomide, i.e., is different from -Me.
  • In some embodiments, the compounds have a 3-substituent that is the same as that found in Temozolomide, i.e., is -Me.
  • Thus, one aspect of the present invention pertains to compounds selected from compounds of the following formula and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof), wherein -A and —B are as defined herein (collectively denoted herein as “38TM compounds”):
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00005
  • Some embodiments of the invention include the following:
  • (1) A compound selected from compounds of the following formula and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00006
  • wherein:
  • -A is independently -A1, -A2, -A3, -A4, -A5, or -A6; and
  • —B is independently —B1, —B2, —B3, B4, B5, B6, —B7, —B8, —B9, —B10, —B11, B12, —B13, or —B14;
  • wherein:
  • -A1 is independently C5-12heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted;
  • -A2 is independently thioamido or substituted thioamido;
  • -A3 is independently imidamido or substituted imidamido;
  • -A4 is independently hydroxamic acid or hydroxamate;
  • -A5 is independently substituted carboxamide;
  • -A6 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl, and is optionally substituted;
  • and wherein:
  • —B1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl;
  • —B2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl;
  • —B3 is independently mercapto-C1-4alkyl, sulfanyl-C1-4alkyl, sulfinyl-C1-4alkyl, or sulfonyl-C1-4alkyl;
  • —B4 is independently hydroxy-C1-4alkyl or ether-C1-4alkyl;
  • —B5 is independently phenyl-C1-6alkyl or C5-6heteroaryl-C1-6alkyl, and is optionally substituted;
  • —B6 is independently acyl-C1-6alkyl, carboxy-C1-6alkyl, oxyacyl-C1-6alkyl, or acyloxy-C1-6alkyl;
  • —B7 is independently amido-C1-4alkyl or substituted amido-C1-4alkyl;
  • —B8 is independently C3-6cycloalkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl-C1-4alkyl, C3-6heterocyclyl, or C3-6heterocyclyl-C1-4alkyl, and is optionally substituted;
  • —B9 is independently halo-C1-6alkyl;
  • —B19 is independently nitro-C1-6alkyl;
  • —B11 is independently cyano-C1-6alkyl;
  • —B12 is independently phosphate-C1-6alkyl;
  • —B13 is independently carbamate-C1-6alkyl; and
  • —B14 is independently oxime-C1-6alkyl.
    • A1. 8-Heteroaryl Compounds
  • (A1-1) A compound according to (1), wherein -A is independently -A′.
    (A1-2) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently C5-12heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-3) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, or quinazolinyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-4) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently C5-6heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-5) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-6) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently C5heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-7) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or triazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-8) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or triazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-9) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-10) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxazol-2-yl, thiazol-2-yl, imidazol-2-yl, pyrazol-2-yl, oxadiazol-2-yl, or thiadiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-11) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, or oxadiazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-12) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxazol-2-yl, thiazol-2-yl, imidazol-2-yl, or oxadiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-13) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently thiazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-14) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently thiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-15) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently thiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 4-position.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00007
  • (A1-16) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently thiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 5-position.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00008
  • (A1-17) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-18) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-19) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 4-position.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00009
  • (A1-20) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 5-position.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00010
  • (A1-21) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently imidazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-22) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently imidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-23) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently imidazol-2-yl or N—(C1-4alkyl)-imidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-24) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently imidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 4-position.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00011
  • (A1-25) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently imidazol-2-yl or N—(C1-4alkyl)-imidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 4-position.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00012
  • (A1-26) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently imidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 5-position.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00013
  • (A1-27) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently imidazol-2-yl or N—(C1-4alkyl)-imidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 5-position.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00014
  • (A1-28) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxadiazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-29) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxadiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-30) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently oxadiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 5-positon.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00015
  • (A1-31) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently C9-12heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-32) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently C9-10heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-33) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, or quinazolinyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-34) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently C9heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-35) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, or benzoisoxazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-36) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, or benzoxazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-37) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, or benzoxazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-38) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently benzimidazol-2-yl, benzothiazol-2-yl, or benzoxazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-39) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently benzimidazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-40) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently benzimidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-41) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently benzimidazol-2-yl or N—(C1-4alkyl)-benzimidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00016
  • (A1-42) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently benzimidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted at the 1-position.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00017
  • (A1-43) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently benzothiazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-44) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently benzothiazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00018
  • (A1-45) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently benzoxazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A1-46) A compound according to (A1-1), wherein -A1 is independently benzoxazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00019
  • (A1-47) A compound according to any one of (A1-1) to (A1-46), wherein -A1 is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —R21, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ1, —OCF3,
      • —SRZ1,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ1, —NRZ1 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ1,
      • —C(═O)RZ1,
      • —OC(═O)RZ1,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ1, —C(═O)NRZ1 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ1, —NRZ1C(═O)RZ1,
      • —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ1, —OC(═O)NRZ1 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ1, —NRZ1C(═O)ORZ1,
      • —NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ1, —NHC(═O)NRZ1 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RZ1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, aliphatic C3-6alkynyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C3-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ1A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ1A, and —OCF3,
      • wherein each —RZ1A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl,
      • and additionally wherein two adjacent substituents may together form —O—CH2—O— or —O—CH2CH2—O—.
        (A1-48) A compound according to any one of (A1-1) to (A1-46), wherein -A1 is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ1, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ1, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ1, —NRZ1 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ1,
      • —C(═O)RZ1,
      • —OC(═O)RZ1,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ1, —C(═O)NRZ1 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ1, —NRZ1C(═O)RZ1, and
      • —CN,
      • and additionally wherein two adjacent substituents may together form —O—CH2—O— or —O—CH2CH2—O—.
        (A1-49) A compound according to any one of (A1-1) to (A1-46), wherein -A1 is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ1, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ1, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ1, —NRZ1 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ1, —C(═O)NRZ1 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ1, —NRZ1C(═O)RZ1, and
      • —CN,
      • and additionally wherein two adjacent substituents may together form —O—CH2—O— or —O—CH2CH2—O—.
        (A1-50) A compound according to any one of (A1-1) to (A1-46), wherein -A1 is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —RZ1,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ1, —NRZ1 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ1, —C(═O)NRZ1 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino, and
      • —CN.
        (A1-51) A compound according to any one of (A1-1) to (A1-46), wherein -A1 is independently unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups selected from: —RZ1.
        (A1-52) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4 alkyl, aliphatic C3-6alkynyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A1-53) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, aliphatic C3-6alkynyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A1-54) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C5-6heteroaryl and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A1-55) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A1-56) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or -Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A1-57) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A1-58) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, or -Ph, wherein each of said thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A1-59) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently thienyl, wherein said thienyl is optionally substituted.
        (A1-60) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently thiazolyl, wherein said thiazolyl is optionally substituted.
        (A1-61) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently pyridinyl, wherein said pyridinyl is optionally substituted.
        (A1-62) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —R″ if present, is independently -Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A1-63) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (A1-64) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, or -Ph.
        (A1-65) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently thienyl.
        (A1-66) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently thiazolyl.
        (A1-67) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently pyridinyl.
        (A1-68) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently -Ph.
        (A1-69) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, aliphatic C3-6alkynyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A1-70) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A1-71) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (A1-72) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl or saturated C3-6cycloalkyl.
        (A1-73) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (A1-74) A compound according to any one of (A1-47) to (A1-51), wherein each —RZ1 if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -sBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
        (A1-75) A compound according to (A1-1) selected from the following compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • Code No. Structure
    WW-001
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00020
    WW-002
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00021
    WW-003
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00022
    WW-004
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00023
    WW-005
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00024
    WW-006
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00025
    WW-007
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00026
    WW-008
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00027
    WW-009
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00028
    WW-010
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00029
    WW-011
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00030
    WW-012
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00031
    WW-013
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00032
    WW-014
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00033
    WW-015
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00034
    WW-016
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00035
    WW-017
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00036
    WW-018
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00037
    WW-019
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00038
    WW-020
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00039
    WW-021
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00040
    WW-022
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00041
    WW-023
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00042
    WW-024
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00043
    WW-025
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00044
    WW-026
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00045
    WW-027
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00046
    WW-028
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00047
    WW-029
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00048
    WW-030
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00049
    WW-031
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00050
    WW-032
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00051
    WW-033
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00052
    WW-034
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00053
    WW-035
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00054
    WW-036
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00055
    WW-037
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00056
    WW-038
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00057
    WW-039
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00058
    WW-040
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00059
    WW-041
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00060
    WW-042
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00061
    WW-043
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00062
    WW-044
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00063
    WW-045
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00064
    WW-046
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00065
    WW-047
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00066
    WW-048
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00067
    WW-049
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00068
    WW-050
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00069
    WW-051
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00070
    WW-052
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00071
    WW-053
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00072
    WW-054
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00073
    WW-055
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00074
    WW-056
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00075
    WW-057
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00076
    WW-058
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00077
    WW-059
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00078
    WW-060
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00079
    WW-061
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00080
    WW-062
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00081
    WW-063
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00082
    WW-064
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00083
    WW-065
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00084
    WW-066
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00085
    • A2. 8-Thioamide Compounds
  • (A2-1) A compound according to (1), wherein -A is independently -A2.
    (A2-2) A compound according to (A2-1), wherein -A2 is independently thioamido or substituted thioamido.
    (A2-3) A compound according to (A2-1), wherein -A2 is independently:
      • —C(═S)NH2, —C(═S)NHRZ2, —C(═S)NRZ2 2, —C(═S)-pyrrolidino, —C(═S)-piperidino, —C(═S)-morpholino, —C(═S)-piperizino, or —C(═S(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • wherein:
      • —RZ2 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ2A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ2A, —OCF3,
      • SRZ2A,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ2A, —NRZ2A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ2A,
      • —C(═O)RZ2A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ2A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ2A, —C(═O)NRZ2A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ2A, —NRZ2AC(═O)RZ2A,
      • —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ2A, —OC(═O)NRZ2A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ2A, —NRZ2AC(═O)ORZ2A,
      • —NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ2A, —NHC(═O)NRZ2A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RZ2A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ2B, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ2B, and —OCF3,
      • wherein each —RZ2B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (A2-4) A compound according to (A2-3), wherein -A2 is independently —C(═S)NH2, —C(═S)NHRZ2, or —C(═S)NRZ2 2.
        (A2-5) A compound according to (A2-3), wherein -A2 is independently —C(═S)NH2 or —C(═S)NHRZ2.
        (A2-6) A compound according to (A2-3), wherein -A2 is independently —C(═S)NHRZ2.
        (A2-7) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —RZ2, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ2A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ2A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ2A, —NRZ2A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ2A,
      • —C(═O)RZ2A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ2A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ2A, —C(═O)NRZ2A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ2A, —NRZ2AC(═O)RZ2A, and
      • —CN.
        (A2-8) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —RZ2, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ2A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ2A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ2A, —NRZ2A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ2A,
      • —C(═O)RZ2A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ2A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ2A, —C(═O)NRZ2A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ2A, —NRZ2AC(═O)RZ2A, and
      • —CN.
        (A2-9) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —RZ2, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ2A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ2A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ2A, —NRZ2A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ2A,
      • —C(═O)RZ2A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ2A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ2A, —C(═O)NRZ2A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ2A, —NRZ2AC(═O)RZ2A, and
      • —CN.
        (A2-10) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —RZ2, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ2A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ2A, and —OCF3.
        (A2-11) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —RZ2, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ2A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ2A, and —OCF3.
        (A2-12) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —RZ2, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ2A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ2A, and —OCF3.
        (A2-13) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —RZ2, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (A2-14) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —RZ2, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (A2-15) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —RZ2, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (A2-16) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —RZ2, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (A2-17) A compound according to any one of (A2-3) to (A2-6), wherein —Rn, if present, is independently -Me or -Et.
        (A2-18) A compound according to (A2-3), wherein -A2 is independently —C(═S)NH2.
        (A2-19) A compound according to (A2-3) selected from the following compound and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • Code No. Structure
    TT-001
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00086
    • A3. 8-Imidamide Compounds
  • (A3-1) A compound according to (1), wherein -A is independently -A3.
    (A3-2) A compound according to (A3-1), wherein -A3 is independently imidamido or substituted imidamido.
    (A3-3) A compound according to (A3-1), wherein -A3 is independently:
      • —C(═NH)NH2, —C(═NH)NHRZ3, or —C(═NH)NRZ3 2, —C(═NH)-pyrrolidino, —C(═NH)-piperidino, —C(═NH)-morpholino, —C(═NH)-piperizino, or —C(═NH)—N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • wherein:
      • —RZ3 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C6-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ3A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ3A, —OCF3,
      • —SRZ3A,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ3A, —NRZ3A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ3A,
      • —C(═O)RZ3A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ3A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ3A, —C(═O)NRZ3A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ3A, —NRZ3AC(═O)RZ3A,
      • —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ3A, —OC(═O)NRZ3A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
      • —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ3A, —NRZ3AC(═O)ORZ3A,
      • —NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ3A, —NHC(═O)NRZ3A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RZ3A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ3B, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ3B, and —OCF3, wherein each —RZ3B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (A3-4) A compound according to (A3-3), wherein -A3 is independently —C(═NH)NH2, —C(═NH)NHRZ3, or —C(═NH)NRZ3 2.
        (A3-5) A compound according to (A3-3), wherein -A3 is independently —C(═NH)NH2 or —C(═NH)NHRZ3.
        (A3-6) A compound according to (A3-3), wherein -A3 is independently —C(═NH)NHRZ3.
        (A3-7) A compound according to any one of (A3-3) to (A3-6), wherein —RZ3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ3A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ3A,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ3A, —NRZ3A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ3A,
      • —C(═O)RZ3A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ3A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ3A, —C(═O)NRZ3A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ3A, —NRZ3AC(═O)RZ3A, and
      • —CN.
        (A3-8) A compound according to any one of (A3-3) to (A3-6), wherein —RZ3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ3A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ3A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ3A, —NRZ3A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ3A,
      • —C(═O)RZ3A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ3A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ3A, —C(═O)NRZ3A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ3A, —NRZ3AC(═O)RZ3A, and
      • —CN.
        (A3-9) A compound according to any one of (A3-3) to (A3-6), wherein —RZ3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said each of said C1-4alkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ3A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ3A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ3A, —NRZ3A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ3A,
      • —C(═O)RZ3A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ3A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ3A, —C(═O)NRZ3A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ3A, —NRZ3AC(═O)RZ3A, and
      • —CN.
        (A3-10) A compound according to any one of (A3-3) to (A3-6), wherein —RZ3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ3A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ3A, —OCF3, —C(═O)OH, and —C(═O)ORZ3A.
        (A3-11) A compound according to any one of (A3-3) to (A3-6), wherein —RZ3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ3A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ3A, —OCF3, —C(═O)OH, and —C(═O)ORZ3A.
        (A3-12) A compound according to any one of (A3-3) to (A3-6), wherein —RZ3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C1-4alkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ3A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ3A, —OCF3, —C(═O)OH, and —C(═O)ORZ3A.
        (A3-13) A compound according to any one of (A3-3) to (A3-6), wherein —RZ3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (A3-14) A compound according to any one of (A3-3) to (A3-6), wherein each —RZ3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl or saturated C3-6cycloalkyl.
        (A3-15) A compound according to any one of (A3-3) to (A3-6), wherein each —RZ3, if present, is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl.
        (A3-16) A compound according to any one of (A3-3) to (A3-6), wherein each —RZ3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (A3-17) A compound according to (A3-3) wherein -A3 is independently —C(═NH)—NH—CH2—C(═O)OMe.
        (A3-18) A compound according to (A3-3) selected from the following compound and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • Code No. Structure
    SS-001
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00087
    • A4. 8-Hydroxamate Compounds
  • (A4-1) A compound according to (1), wherein -A is independently -A4.
    (A4-2) A compound according to (A4-1), wherein -A4 is independently hydroxamic acid or hydroxamate.
    (A4-3) A compound according to (A4-1), wherein -A4 is independently:
      • —C(═O)—NH—OH, —C(═O)—NRZ4—OH, —C(═O)—NH—ORZ4, —C(═O)—NRZ4—ORZ4,
      • wherein:
      • —RZ4 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ4A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ4A, —OCF3,
      • —SRZ4A,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ4A, —NRZ4A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ4A,
      • —C(═O)RZ4A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ4A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ4A, —C(═O)NRZ4A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ4A, —NRZ4AC(═O)RZ4A,
      • —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ4A, —OC(═O)NRZ4A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ4A, —NRZ4AC(═O)ORZ4A, f—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ4A, —NHC(═O)NRZ4A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RZ4A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ4B, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ4B, and —OCF3,
      • wherein each —RZ4B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (A4-4) A compound according to (A4-3), wherein -A4 is independently —C(═O)—NH—OH or —C(═O)—NH—ORZ4.
        (A4-5) A compound according to (A4-3), wherein -A4 is independently —C(═O)—NH—ORZ4.
        (A4-6) A compound according to any one of (A4-3) to (A4-5), wherein —RZ4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ4A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ4A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ4A, —NRNA 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ4A,
      • —C(═O)RZ4A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ4A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ4A, —C(═O)NRZ4A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ4A, —NRZ4AC(═O)RZ4A, and
      • —CN.
        (A4-7) A compound according to any one of (A4-3) to (A4-5), wherein —RZ4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ4A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ4A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ4A, —NRNA 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ4A,
      • —C(═O)RZ4A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ4A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ4A, —C(═O)NRZ4A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ4A, —NRZ4AC(═O)RZ4A, and
      • —CN.
        (A4-8) A compound according to any one of (A4-3) to (A4-5), wherein —RZ4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ4A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ4A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ4A, —NRZ4A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ4A,
      • —C(═O)RZ4A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ4A,
      • C(═O)RZ4A, —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ4A, —C(═O)NRZ4A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ4A, —NRZ4AC(═O)RZ4A, and
      • —CN.
        (A4-9) A compound according to any one of (A4-3) to (A4-5), wherein —RZ4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ4A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ4A, and —OCF3.
        (A4-10) A compound according to any one of (A4-3) to (A4-5), wherein —RZ4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ4A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ4A, and —OCF3.
        (A4-11) A compound according to any one of (A4-3) to (A4-5), wherein —RZ4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ4A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ4A, and —OCF3.
        (A4-12) A compound according to any one of (A4-3) to (A4-5), wherein —RZ4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (A4-13) A compound according to any one of (A4-3) to (A4-5), wherein —RZ4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (A4-14) A compound according to any one of (A4-3) to (A4-5), wherein —RZ4, if present, is independently -Ph or —CH2-Ph.
        (A4-15) A compound according to (A4-3), wherein -A4 is independently —C(═O)—NH—OH.
        (A4-16) A compound according to (A4-3), wherein -A4 is independently —C(═O)—NH—O—CH2-Ph.
        (A4-17) A compound according to (A4-3) selected from the following compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • Code No. Structure
    RR-001
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00088
    RR-002
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00089
    RR-003
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00090
    • A5. 8-Substituted Carboxamide Compounds
  • (A5-1) A compound according to (1), wherein -A is independently -A5.
    (A5-2) A compound according to (A5-1), wherein -A5 is independently substituted carboxamide.
    (A5-3) A compound according to (A5-1), wherein -A5 is independently:
      • —C(═O)—NHRZ5, —C(═O)—NRZ5 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, or —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • wherein:
      • —RZ5 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ5A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ5A, —OCF3,
      • —SRZ5A,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ5A, —NRZ5A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ5A,
      • —C(═O)RZ5A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ5A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ5A, —C(═O)NRZ5A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ5A, —NRZ5AC(═O)RZ5A,
      • —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ5A, —OC(═O)NRZ5A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ5A, —NRZ5AC(═O)ORZ5A,
      • —NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ5A, —NHC(═O)NRZ5A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RZ5A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ5B, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ5B, and —OCF3,
      • wherein each —RZ5B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (A5-4) A compound according to (A5-3), wherein -A5 is independently —C(═O)—NHRZ5 or —C(═O)—NRZ5 2.
        (A5-5) A compound according to (A5-3), wherein -A5 is independently —C(═O)—NHRZ5.
        (A5-6) A compound according to (A5-3), wherein -A5 is independently —C(═O)—NRZ5 2.
        (A5-7) A compound according to (A5-3), wherein -A5 is independently —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, or —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino.
        (A5-8) A compound according to any one of (A5-3) to (A5-7), wherein —RZ5, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ5A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ5A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ5A, —NRZ5A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino, —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ5A,
      • —C(═O)RZ5A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ5A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ5A, —C(═O)NRZ5A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ5A, —NRZ5AC(═O)RZ5A, and
      • —CN.
        (A5-9) A compound according to any one of (A5-3) to (A5-7), wherein —RZ5, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ5A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ5A, —OCF3, f—NH2, —NHRZ5A, —NRZ5A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ5A,
      • —C(═O)RZ5A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ5A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ5A, —C(═O)NRZ5A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ5A, —NRZ5AC(═O)RZ5A, and
      • —CN.
        (A5-10) A compound according to any one of (A5-3) to (A5-7), wherein —RZ5, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ5A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ5A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ5A, —NRZ5A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ5A,
      • —C(═O)RZ5A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ5A, f—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ5A, —C(═O)NRZ5A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ5A, —NRZ5AC(═O)RZ5A, and
      • —CN.
        (A5-11) A compound according to any one of (A5-3) to (A5-7), wherein —RZ5, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ5A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ5A, and —OCF3.
        (A5-12) A compound according to any one of (A5-3) to (A5-7), wherein —RZ5, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ5A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ5A, and —OCF3.
        (A5-13) A compound according to any one of (A5-3) to (A5-7), wherein —RZ5, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ5A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ5A, and —OCF3.
        (A5-14) A compound according to any one of (A5-3) to (A5-7), wherein —RZ5, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C1-4cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (A5-15) A compound according to any one of (A5-3) to (A5-7), wherein —RZ5, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (A5-16) A compound according to any one of (A5-3) to (A5-7), wherein —RZ5, if present, is independently -Ph or —CH2-Ph.
        (A5-17) A compound according to any one of (A5-3) to (A5-7), wherein —RZ5, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (A5-18) A compound according to (A5-3), wherein -A5 is independently —C(═O)—NHPh.
        (A5-19) A compound according to (A5-3) selected from the following compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • Code No. Structure
    LL-001
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00091
    LL-002
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00092
    • A6. C-8 Alkene Compounds
  • (A6-1) A compound according to (1), wherein -A is independently -A6.
    (A6-2) A compound according to (A6-1), wherein -A6 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (A6-3) A compound according to (A6-1), wherein -A6 is independently -L6-RZ6,
      • wherein:
      • -L6- is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl, and
      • —RZ6 is independently C5-6heteroaryl or -Ph,
      • wherein each of said C5-6heteroaryl and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ6A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ6A, —OCF3,
      • —SRZ6A,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ6A, —NRZ6A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ6A,
      • —C(═O)RZ6A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ6A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ6A, —C(═O)NRZ6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ6A, —NRZ6AC(═O)RZ6A,
      • —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ6A, —OC(═O)NRZ6A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ6A, NRZ6AC(═O)ORZ6A,
      • —NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ6A, —NHC(═O)NRZ6A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RZ6A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ68, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ68, and —OCF3,
      • wherein each —RZ6B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (A6-4) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or -Ph, and each of said furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A6-5) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently thienyl or -Ph, and each of said thienyl and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A6-6) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently -Ph, and said -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (A6-7) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently C5-6heteroaryl or -Ph, wherein each of said C5-6heteroaryl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ6A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ6A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ6A, —NRZ6A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ6A,
      • —C(═O)RZ6A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ6A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ6A, —C(═O)NRZ6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ6A, —NRZ6AC(═O)RZ6A, and
      • —CN.
        (A6-8) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or -Ph,
      • wherein each of said furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ6A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ6A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ6A, —NRZ6A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ6A,
      • —C(═O)RZ6A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ6A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ6A, —C(═O)NRZ6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ6A, NRZ6AC(═O)RZ6A, and
      • —CN.
        (A6-9) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently thienyl or -Ph, wherein each of said thienyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ6A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ6A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ6A, —NRZ6A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ6A,
      • —C(═O)RZ6A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ6A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ6A, —C(═O)NRZ6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ6A, —NRZ6AC(═O)RZ6A, and
      • —CN.
        (A6-10) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently -Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RZ6A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORZ6A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRZ6A, —NRZ6A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ6A,
      • —C(═O)RZ6A,
      • —OC(═O)RZ6A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ6A, —C(═O)NRZ6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RZ6A, NRZ6AC(═O)RZ6A, and
      • —CN.
        (A6-11) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently C5-6heteroaryl or -Ph, wherein each of said C5-6heteroaryl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ6A, —CF3, —OH, ORZ6A, —OCF3, and —CN.
        (A6-12) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or -Ph, wherein each of said furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ6A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ6A, —OCF3, and —CN.
        (A6-13) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently thienyl or -Ph, wherein each of said thienyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ6A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ6A, —OCF3, and —CN.
        (A6-14) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently -Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ6A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ6A, —OCF3, and —CN.
        (A6-15) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently C5-6heteroaryl or -Ph, wherein each of said C5-6heteroaryl and -Ph is optionally substituted with —CN.
        (A6-16) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein —RZ6 is independently -Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with —CN.
        (A6-17) A compound according to any one of (A6-3) to (A6-16), wherein -L6- is independently aliphatic C2-4alkenyl.
        (A6-18) A compound according to any one of (A6-3) to (A6-16), wherein -L6- is independently —CH═CH—.
        (A6-19) A compound according to any one of (A6-3) to (A6-16), wherein -L6- is independently trans —CH═CH—.
        (A6-20) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein -A6 is independently —CH═CH-thienyl.
        (A6-21) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein -A6 is independently —CH═CH-(cyano-phenyl).
        (A6-22) A compound according to (A6-3), wherein -A6 is independently —CH═CH-(para-cyano-phenyl).
        (A6-23) A compound according to (A6-3) selected from the following compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • Code No. Structure
    MM-001
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00093
    MM-002
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00094
    MM-003
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00095
    MM-004
    Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00096
    • B1. 3-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B1-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A1-18), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B1.
    (B1-2) A compound according to (B1-1), wherein —B1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl.
    (B1-3) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl, but is not -Me.
    (B1-4) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B1 is independently saturated aliphatic
    (B1-5) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, but is not -Me.
    (B1-6) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B1 is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
    (B1-7) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B1 is independently -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
    (B1-8) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B1 is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, or -iPr.
    (B1-9) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B1 is independently -Et, -nPr, or -iPr.
    (B1-10) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B1 is independently -Me or -Et.
    (B1-11) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B1 is independently -Me.
    (B1-12) A compound according to (B1-2), wherein —B1 is independently -Et.
    • B2. 3-Alkynyl Compounds
  • (B2-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A1-18), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B2.
    (B2-2) A compound according to (B2-1), wherein —B2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl.
    (B2-3) A compound according to (B2-2), wherein —B2 is independently aliphatic C3-5alkynyl.
  • As used herein, the term “alkynyl” relates to an aliphatic hydrocarbyl group (i.e., a group having only carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms) having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • (B2-4) A compound according to (B2-2), wherein —B2 is independently:
      • —C≡CH,
      • —C≡C≡CH3, —CH2—C≡CH,
      • —C≡C—CH2—CH3, —C—C≡CH═CH2, —C≡C—C≡CH,
      • —CH2—CH2—C≡CH, —CH═CH—C≡CH, —C≡C—C≡CH,
      • —CH2—C≡C—CH3, or
      • —CH(CH3)—C≡CH.
        (B2-5) A compound according to (B2-2), wherein —B2 is independently —CH2—C≡CH.
    B3. 3-Sulfur-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B3-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B3.
    (B3-2) A compound according to (B3-1), wherein —B3 is independently mercapto-C1-4alkyl, sulfanyl-C1-4alkyl, sulfinyl-C1-4alkyl, or sulfonyl-C1-4alkyl.
    (B3-3) A compound according to (B3-1), wherein —B3 is independently:
      • -LY3-SH, -LY3-S—RY3, -LY3-S(═O)—RY3, or -LY3-S(═O)2—RY3,
      • wherein:
      • -LY3- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
      • —RY3 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY3A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY3A, —OCF3,
      • —SRY3A,
      • —NH2, —NHRY3A, —NRY3A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY3A,
      • —C(═O)RY3A,
      • —OC(═O)RY3A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY3A, —C(═O)NRY3A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY3A, —NRY3AC(═O)RY3A,
      • —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRY3A, —OC(═O)NRY3A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORY3A, —NRY3AC(═O)ORY3A,
      • —NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRY3A, —NHC(═O)NRY3A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RY3A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY3B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY3B, and —OCF3, wherein each —RY3B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B3-4) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B3 is independently —C3—SH or -LY3-S—RY3.
        (B3-5) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B3 is independently -LY3-SH.
        (B3-6) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B3 is independently -LY3-S—RY3.
        (B3-7) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B3 is independently -LY3-6(═O)—RY3 or -LY3-S(═O)2—RY3.
        (B3-8) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B3 is independently -LY3-S(═O)—RY3.
        (B3-9) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B3 is independently -LY3-S(═O)2—RY3.
        (B3-10) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-9), wherein -LY3- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
        (B3-11) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-9), wherein -LY3- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B3-12) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-9), wherein -LY3- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, or —CH2CH2CH2—.
        (B3-13) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-9), wherein -LY3- is independently —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
        (B3-14) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-9), wherein -LY3- is independently —CH2CH2—.
        (B3-15) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-9), wherein -LY3- is independently —CH2—.
        (B3-16) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —R″, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B3-17) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B3-18) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY3A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY3A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY3A, —NRY3A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY3A,
      • —C(═O)RY3A,
      • —OC(═O)RY3A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY3A, —C(═O)NRY3A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY3A, —NRY3AC(═O)RY3A, and
      • —CN.
        (B3-19) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY3A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY3A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY3A, —NRY3A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY3A,
      • —C(═O)RY3A,
      • —OC(═O)RY3A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY3A, —C(═O)NRY3A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY3A, —NRY3AC(═O)RY3A, and
      • —CN.
        (B3-20) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY3A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY3A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY3A, —NRY3A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY3A,
      • —C(═O)RY3A,
      • —OC(═O)RY3A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY3A, —C(═O)NRY3A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY3A, —NRY3AC(═O)RY3A, and
      • —CN.
        (B3-21) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY3A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY3A, and —OCF3.
        (B3-22) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —R″, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY3A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY3A, and —OCF3.
        (B3-23) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY3A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY3A, and —OCF3.
        (B3-24) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B3-25) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -sBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
        (B3-26) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, or -iPr.
  • (B3-27) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently -Me or -Et.
  • (B3-28) A compound according to any one of (B3-3) to (B3-15), wherein —RY3, if present, is independently -Me.
    (B3-29) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B3 is independently —CH2—S-Me, —CH2—S(═O)-Me, or —CH2—S(═O)2-Me.
    (B3-30) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B3 is independently —CH2—S-Me.
    (B3-31) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B3 is independently —CH2—S(═O)-Me.
    (B3-32) A compound according to (B3-3), wherein —B3 is independently —CH2—S(═O)2-Me.
    • B4. 3-Oxygen-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B4-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B4.
    (B4-2) A compound according to (B4-1), wherein —B4 is independently hydroxy-C1-4alkyl or ether-C1-4alkyl.
    (B4-3) A compound according to (B4-1), wherein —B4 is independently:
      • -LY4-OH or -LY4-O—RY4,
      • wherein:
      • -LY4- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and —RY4 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY4A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY4A, —OCF3,
      • —SRY4A,
      • —NH2, —NHRY4A, —NRY4A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY4A,
      • —C(═O)RY4A,
      • —OC(═O)RY4A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY4A, —C(═O)NRY4A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY4A, —NRY4AC(═O)RY4A,
      • —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRY4A, —OC(═O)NRY4A 2, NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORY4A, —NRY4AC(═O)ORY4A,
      • —NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRY4A, —NHC(═O)NRY4A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RY4A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY4B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY4B, and —OCF3, wherein each —RY4B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B4-4) A compound according to (B4-3), wherein —B4 is independently -LY4-OH.
        (B4-5) A compound according to (B4-3), wherein —B4 is independently -LY4-O—RY4.
        (B4-6) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-5), wherein -LY4- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
        (B4-7) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-5), wherein -LY4- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B4-8) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-5), wherein -LY4- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, or —CH2CH2CH2—.
        (B4-9) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-5), wherein -LY4- is independently —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
        (B4-10) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-5), wherein -LY4- is independently —CH2CH2—.
        (B4-11) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-5), wherein -LY4- is independently —CH2—.
        (B4-12) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B4-13) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B4-14) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY4A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY4A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY4A, —NRY4A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY4A,
      • —C(═O)RY4A,
      • —OC(═O)RY4A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY4A, —C(═O)NRY4A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY4A, —NRY4AC(═O)RY4A, and
      • —CN.
        (B4-15) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY4A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY4A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY4A, —NRY4A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY4A,
      • —C(═O)RY4A,
      • —OC(═O)RY4A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY4A, —C(═O)NRY4A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY4A, —NRY4AC(═O)RY4A, and
      • —CN.
        (B4-16) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY4A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY4A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY4A, —NRY4A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino, —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY4A,
      • —C(═O)RY4A,
      • —OC(═O)RY4A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY4A, —C(═O)NRY4A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY4A, —NRY4AC(═O)RY4A, and
      • —CN.
        (B4-17) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY4A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY4A, and —OCF3.
        (B4-18) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY4A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY4A, and —OCF3.
        (B4-19) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY4A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY4A, and —OCF3.
        (B4-20) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B4-21) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -sBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
        (B4-22) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, or -iPr.
        (B4-23) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently -Me or -Et.
        (B4-24) A compound according to any one of (B4-3) to (B4-11), wherein —RY4, if present, is independently -Me.
        (B4-25) A compound according to (B4-3), wherein —B4 is independently —CH2—O-Me.
    B5. 3-Aryl-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B5-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B5.
    (B5-2) A compound according to (B5-1), wherein —B5 is independently phenyl-C1-6alkyl or C5-6heteroaryl-C1-6alkyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (B5-3) A compound according to (B5-1), wherein —B5 is independently -LY5-ArY5,
      • wherein:
      • -L5- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
      • —ArY5 is independently C5-6heteroaryl or -Ph,
      • wherein each of said C5-6heteroaryl and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY5A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY5A, —OCF3,
      • —SRY5A,
      • —NH2, —NHRY5A, —NRY5A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY5A,
      • —C(═O)RY5A,
      • —OC(═O)RY5A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY5A, —C(═O)NRY5A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY5A, —NRY5AC(═O)RY5A,
      • OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRY5A, —OC(═O)NRY5A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORY5A, —NRY5AC(═O)ORY5A,
      • —NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRY5A, —NHC(═O)NRY5A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RY5A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY5B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY5B, and —OCF3, wherein each —RY5B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B5-4) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-5), wherein -LY5- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
        (B5-5) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-5), wherein -LY5- is independently saturated aliphatic C2-4alkylene.
        (B5-6) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-5), wherein -LY5- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B5-7) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-5), wherein -LY5- is independently —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B5-8) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-5), wherein -LY5- is independently —CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B5-9) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-5), wherein -LY5- is independently —CH(CH3)— or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B5-10) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-5), wherein -LY5- is independently —CH(CH3)—.
        (B5-11) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-5), wherein -LY5- is independently —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B5-12) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-5), wherein -LY5- is independently —CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, or —CH2CH(CH3)—.
        (B5-13) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-5), wherein -LY5- is independently —CH2CH2—.
        (B5-14) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-13), wherein —ArY5 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or -Ph,
      • wherein each of said furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B5-15) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-13), wherein —ArY5 is independently -Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B5-16) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-13), wherein —ArY5 is independently C5-6heteroaryl or -Ph, wherein each of said C5-6heteroaryl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY5A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY5A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY5A, —NRY5A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY5A,
      • —C(═O)RY5A,
      • —OC(═O)RY5A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY5A, —C(═O)NRY5A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY5A, —NRY5AC(═O)RY5A, and
      • —CN.
        (B5-17) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-13), wherein —ArY5 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or -Ph,
      • wherein each of said furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY5A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY5A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY5A, —NRY5A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY5A,
      • —C(═O)RY5A,
      • —OC(═O)RY5A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY5A, —C(═O)NRY5A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY5A, —NRY5AC(═O)RY5A, and
      • —CN.
        (B5-18) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-13), wherein —ArY5 is independently -Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY5A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY5A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY5A, —NRY5A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY5A,
      • —C(═O)RY5A,
      • —OC(═O)RY5A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY5A, —C(═O)NRY5A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY5A, —NRY5AC(═O)RY5A, and
      • —CN.
        (B5-19) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-13), wherein —ArY5 is independently C5-6heteroaryl, or -Ph, wherein each of said C5-6heteroaryl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY5A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY5A, and —OCF3.
        (B5-20) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-13), wherein —ArY5 is independently -Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY5A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY5A, and —OCF3.
        (B5-21) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-13), wherein —ArY5 is independently -Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, and —ORY5A.
        (B5-22) A compound according to any one of (B5-3) to (B5-13), wherein —ArY5 is independently -Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —Br and —OMe.
        (B5-23) A compound according to (B5-3), wherein —B5 is —CH2-Ph.
    B6. 8-Acyl-Alkyl, 8-Acid-Alkyl, and 8-Ester-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B6-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B6.
    (B6-2) A compound according to (B6-1), wherein —B6 is independently acyl-C1-6alkyl, carboxy-C1-6alkyl, oxyacyl-C1-6alkyl, or acyloxy-C1-6alkyl.
    (B6-3) A compound according to (B6-1), wherein —B6 is independently:
      • -LY6-C(═O)RY6, -LY6-C(═O)OH, -LY6-C(═O)ORY6, or -LY6-O—C(═O)RY6,
      • wherein:
      • -LY6- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
      • —RY6 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY6A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY6A, —OCF3,
      • —SRY6A,
      • —NH2, —NHRY6A, —NRY6A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY6A,
      • —C(═O)RY6A,
      • —OC(═O)RY6A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY6A, —C(═O)NRY6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY6A, —NRY6AC(═O)RY6A,
      • —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRY6A, —OC(═O)NRY6A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORY6A, —NRY6AC(═O)ORY6A,
      • —NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRY6A, —NHC(═O)NRY6A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RY6A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY6B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY6B, and —OCF3, wherein each —RY6B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B6-4) A compound according to (B6-3), wherein —B6 is independently -LY6-C(═O)RY6.
        (B6-5) A compound according to (B6-3), wherein —B6 is independently -LYS-C(═O)OH, -LY6-C(═O)ORY6, or -LY6-O—C(═O)RY6.
        (B6-6) A compound according to (B6-3), wherein —B6 is independently -LY6-C(═O)OH or -LY6-C(═O)ORY6.
        (B6-7) A compound according to (B6-3), wherein —B6 is independently -LY6-C(═O)OH.
        (B6-8) A compound according to (B6-3), wherein —B6 is independently -LY6-C(═O)ORY6.
        (B6-9) A compound according to (B6-3), wherein —B6 is independently -LY6-O—C(═O)RY6.
        (B6-10) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-9), wherein -12(6- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
        (B6-11) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-9), wherein -12(6- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B6-12) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-9), wherein -LY6- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, or —CH2CH2CH2—.
        (B6-13) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-9), wherein -12(6- is independently —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
        (B6-14) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-9), wherein -LY6- is independently —CH2CH2—.
        (B6-15) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-9), wherein -LYS- is independently —CH2—.
        (B6-16) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B6-17) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B6-18) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —IRY6A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY6A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY6A, —NRY6A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY6A,
      • —C(═O)RY6A,
      • —OC(═O)RY6A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY6A, —C(═O)NRY6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY6A, —NRY6AC(═O)RY6A, and
      • —CN.
        (B6-19) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY6A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY6A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY6A, —NRY6A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY6A,
      • —C(═O)RY6A,
      • —OC(═O)RY6A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY6A, —C(═O)NRY6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O(N—C1-4alkylypiperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY6A, —NRY6AC(═O)RY6A, and
      • —CN.
        (B6-20) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY6A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY6A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY6A, —NRY6A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY6A,
      • —C(═O)RY6A,
      • —OC(═O)RY6A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY6A, —C(═O)NRY6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O(N—C1-4alkylypiperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY6A, —NRY6AC(═O)RY6A, and
      • —CN.
        (B6-21) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY6A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY6A, and —OCF3.
        (B6-22) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY6A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY6A, and —OCF3.
        (B6-23) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY6A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY6A, and —OCF3.
        (B6-24) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (B6-25) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (B6-26) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (B6-27) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B6-28) A compound according to any one of (B6-3) to (B6-15), wherein —RY6, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -sBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
        (B6-29) A compound according to (B6-3), wherein —B6 is independently —CH2—C(═O)—O-Et.
    B7. 3-Amido-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B7-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B7.
    (B7-2) A compound according to (B7-1), wherein —B7 is independently amido-C1-4alkyl or substituted amido-C1-4alkyl.
    (B7-3) A compound according to (B7-1), wherein —B7 is independently:
      • -LY7-C(═O)NH2, -LY7-C(═O)NHRY7, -LY7-(═O)NRY7 2, -LY7-C(═O)-pyrrolidino, -LY7-C(═O)-piperidino, -LY7-C(═O)-morpholino, -LY7-C(═O)-piperizino, or -LY7-C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • wherein:
      • -LY7- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and —IRY7 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY7A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY7A, —OCF3,
      • —SRY7A,
      • —NH2, —NHRY7A, —NRY7A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY7A,
      • —C(═O)RY7A,
      • —OC(═O)RY7A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY7A, —C(═O)NRY7A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY7A, —NRY7AC(═O)RY7A,
      • —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRY7A, —OC(═O)NRY7A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORY7A, —NRY7AC(═O)ORY7A,
      • —NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRY7A, —NHC(═O)NRY7A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NO2, and —CN,
      • wherein each —RY7A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY7B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY7B, and —OCF3, wherein each —RY7B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B7-4) A compound according to (B7-3), wherein —B7 is independently -LY7-C(═O)NH2, -LY7-C(═O)NHRY7, or -LY7-C(═O)NRY7 2.
        (B7-5) A compound according to (B7-3), wherein —B7 is independently -LY7-C(═O)NH2.
        (B7-6) A compound according to (B7-3), wherein —B7 is independently -LY7-C(═O)-pyrrolidino, -LY7-C(═O)-piperidino, -LY7-C(═O)-morpholino, -LY7-C(═O)-piperizino, or -LY7-C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino.
        (B7-7) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-6), wherein -LY7- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
        (B7-8) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-6), wherein -LY7- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B7-9) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-6), wherein -LY7 is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, or —CH2CH2CH2—.
        (B7-10) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-6), wherein -LY7 is independently —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
        (B7-11) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-6), wherein -LY7 is independently —CH2CH2—.
        (B7-12) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-6), wherein -LY7 is independently —CH2—.
        (B7-13) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —RY7, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B7-14) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —IRY7, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B7-15) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —RY7, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY7A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY7A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY7A, —NRY7A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY7A,
      • —C(═O)RY7A,
      • —OC(═O)RY7A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY7A, —C(═O)NRY7A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY7A, —NRY7AC(═O)RY7A, and
      • —CN.
        (B7-16) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —RY7, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY7A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY7A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY7A, —NRY7A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY7A,
      • —C(═O)RY7A,
      • —OC(═O)RY7A, —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY7A, —C(═O)NRY7A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino,
      • —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY7A, —NRY7AC(═O)RY7A, and
      • —CN.
        (B7-17) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —RY7, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY7A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY7A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY7A, —NRY7A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY7A,
      • —C(═O)RY7A,
      • —OC(═O)RY7A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY7A, —C(═O)NRY7A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O(N—C1-4alkylypiperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY7A, —NRY7AC(═O)RY7A, and
      • —CN.
        (B7-18) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —RY7, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY7A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY7A, and —OCF3.
        (B7-19) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —RY7, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY7A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY7A, and —OCF3.
        (B7-20) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —Rn, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY7A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY7A, and —OCF3.
        (B7-21) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —Rn, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (B7-22) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —RY7, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1 alkyl.
        (B7-23) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —RY7, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -sBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
        (B7-24) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —RY7, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, or -iPr.
        (B7-25) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —RY7, if present, is independently -Me or -Et.
        (B7-26) A compound according to any one of (B7-3) to (B7-12), wherein —Rn, if present, is independently -Me.
        (B7-27) A compound according to (B7-3), wherein —B7, if present, is independently:
      • —CH2—C(═O)NH2, —CH2—C(═O)NHMe, —CH2—C(═O)NMe2,
      • —CH2CH2—C(═O)NH2, —CH2CH2—C(═O)NHMe, —CH2CH2—C(═O)NMe2,
      • —CH2—C(═O)-piperidino, or —CH2CH2—C(═O)-piperidino.
    B8. 3-Cyclic and 3-Cyclic-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B8-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B8.
    (B8-2) A compound according to (B8-1), wherein —B8 is independently C3-6cycloalkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl-C1-4alkyl, C3-6heterocyclyl, or C3-6heterocyclyl-C1-4alkyl, and is optionally substituted.
    (B8-3) A compound according to (B8-1), wherein —B8 is independently:
      • —RY8 or -LY8-RY8,
      • wherein:
      • -LY8- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and —RY8 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl or saturated C3-6heterocyclyl,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and C3-6heterocyclyl is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY8A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY8A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY8A, —NRY8A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY8A,
      • —C(═O)RY8A,
      • —OC(═O)RY8A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY8A, —C(═O)NRY8A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY8A, —NRY8AC(═O)RY8A, and
      • —CN;
      • wherein each —RY8A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY8B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY8B, and —OCF3, wherein each —RY8B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B8-4) A compound according to (B8-3), wherein —B8 is independently -1:2Y8.
        (B8-5) A compound according to (B8-3), wherein —B8 is independently -LY8-RY8.
        (B8-6) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-5), wherein -LY8-, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
        (B8-7) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-5), wherein -LY8-, if present, is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B8-8) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-5), wherein -LY8-, if present, is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, or —CH2CH2CH2—.
        (B8-9) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-5), wherein -LY8-, if present, is independently —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
        (B8-10) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-5), wherein -LY8-, if present, is independently —CH2CH2—.
        (B8-11) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-5), wherein -LY8-, if present, is independently —CH2—.
        (B8-12) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-11), wherein —RY8 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, and is optionally substituted.
        (B8-13) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-11), wherein —RY8 is independently saturated C3-6heterocyclyl, and is optionally substituted.
        (B8-14) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-11), wherein —RY8 is independently saturated pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperizinyl, or morpholinyl, and is optionally substituted.
        (B8-15) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-11), wherein and —RY8 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl or saturated C3-6heterocyclyl, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and C3-6heterocyclyl is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY8A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY8A, and —OCF3.
        (B8-16) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-11), wherein and —RY8 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, wherein said C3-6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY8A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY8A, and —OCF3.
        (B8-17) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-11), wherein and —RY8 is independently saturated C3-6heterocyclyl, wherein said C3-6heterocyclyl is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY8A, —CF3, —OH, —OVA, and —OCF3.
        (B8-18) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-11), wherein and —V is independently saturated pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperizinyl, or morpholinyl, wherein each of said pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperizinyl, and morpholinyl is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY8A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY8A, and —OCF3.
        (B8-19) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-11), wherein and —RY8 is independently cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
        (B8-20) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-11), wherein and —RY8 is independently saturated C3-6heterocyclyl.
        (B8-21) A compound according to any one of (B8-3) to (B8-11), wherein and —RY8 is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperizinyl, or morpholinyl.
    B9. 8-Halo-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B9-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B9.
    (B9-2) A compound according to (B9-1), wherein —B9 is independently halo-C1-6alkyl.
  • As used herein, the term “haloalkyl” relates to a saturated aliphatic alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I.
  • (B9-3) A compound according to (B9-2), wherein —B9 is independently halo-C1-4alkyl.
    (B9-4) A compound according to (B9-2), wherein —B9 is independently selected from:
      • —CH2F, —CH2CH2F, —CH2CH2CH2F,
      • —CH2Cl, —CH2CH2Cl, —CH2CH2CH2Cl,
      • —CH2Br, —CH2CH2Br, —CH2CH2CH2Br,
      • —CH2I, —CH2CH2I, —CH2CH2CH2I,
      • —CHF2, —CH2CHF2, —CH2CH2CHF2,
      • —CF3, —CH2CF3, and —CH2CH2CF3.
        (B9-5) A compound according to (B9-2), wherein —B9 is independently selected from:
      • —CH2F, —CH2CH2F, —CH2CH2CH2F,
      • —CH2Cl, —CH2CH2Cl, —CH2CH2CH2Cl,
      • —CH2Br, —CH2CH2Br, —CH2CH2CH2Br,
      • —CHF2, —CH2CHF2, —CH2CH2CHF2,
      • —CF3, —CH2CF3, and —CH2CH2CF3.
        (B9-6) A compound according to (B9-2), wherein —B9 is independently selected from:
      • —CH2F, —CH2CH2F,
      • —CH2Cl, —CH2CH2Cl,
      • —CH2Br, —CH2CH2Br,
      • —CHF2, —CH2CHF2,
      • —CF3, and —CH2CF3.
        (B9-7) A compound according to (B9-2), wherein —B9 is independently selected from:
      • —CH2F, —CH2CH2F, —CHF2, —CH2CHF2, —CF3, and —CH2CF3.
        (B9-8) A compound according to (B9-2), wherein —B9 is independently selected from:
      • —CH2CH2F, —CH2CHF2, and —CH2CF3.
    B10. 8-Nitro-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B10-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B10.
    (B10-2) A compound according to (B10-1), wherein —B10 is independently nitro-C1-6alkyl.
    (B10-3) A compound according to (B10-1), wherein —B10 is independently -LY10-NO2, wherein -LY10- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene.
    (B10-4) A compound according to (B10-3), wherein -LY10- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
    (B10-5) A compound according to (B10-3), wherein -LY10- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2— or —CH2CH2CH2—.
    (B10-6) A compound according to (B10-3), wherein -LY10- is independently —CH2—.
    (B10-7) A compound according to (B10-3), wherein —B10 is independently —CH2—NO2.
    • B11. 8-Cyano-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B11-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B11.
    (B11-2) A compound according to (B11-1), wherein —B11 is independently cyano-C1-6alkyl.
    (B11-3) A compound according to (B11-1), wherein —B11 is independently -LY11-CN, wherein -LY11- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene.
    (B11-4) A compound according to (B11-3), wherein -LY11- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
    (B11-5) A compound according to (B11-3), wherein -LY11- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2— or —CH2CH2CH2—.
    (B11-6) A compound according to (B11-3), wherein -LY11- is independently —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
    (B11-7) A compound according to (B11-3), wherein —B11 is independently —CH2—CN.
    • B12. 8-Phosphate-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B12-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B12.
    (B12-2) A compound according to (B12-1), wherein —B12 is independently phosphate-C1-6alkyl.
    (B12-3) A compound according to (B12-1), wherein —B12 is independently:
      • -LY12-P(═O)(OH)2, -LY12-P(═O)(OH)(ORY12), or -LY12-P(═O)(ORY12)2,
      • wherein:
      • -LY12- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and each —RY12 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY12A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY12A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY12A, —NRY12A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY12A,
      • —C(═O)RY12A,
      • —OC(═O)RY12A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY12A, —C(═O)NRY12A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY12A, —NRY12AC(═O)RY12A, and
      • —CN;
      • wherein each —RY12A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY12B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY12B, and —OCF3, wherein each —RY12B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B12-4) A compound according to (B12-3), wherein —B12 is independently -LY12-P(═O)(OH)2.
        (B12-5) A compound according to (B12-3), wherein —B12 is independently -LY12-P(═O)(OH)(ORY12).
        (B12-6) A compound according to (B12-3), wherein —B12 is independently -LY12-P(═O)(ORY12)2.
        (B12-7) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-6), wherein -LY12- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B12-8) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-6), wherein -LY12- is independently —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
        (B12-9) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-6), wherein -LY12- is independently —CH2—.
        (B12-10) A compound according to any one of (612-3) to (B12-6), wherein -LY12- is independently —CH2CH2—.
        (B12-11) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B12-12) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B12-13) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY12A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY12A, and —OCF3.
        (B12-14) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY12A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY12A, and —OCF3.
        (B12-15) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY12A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY12A, and —OCF3.
        (B12-16) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (B12-17) A compound according to any one of (612-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B12-18) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -sBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
        (B12-19) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, or -iPr.
        (B12-20) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently -Me or -Et.
        (B12-21) A compound according to any one of (B12-3) to (B12-10), wherein each —RY12, if present, is independently -Et.
        (B12-22) A compound according to (B12-3), wherein each —B12 is —CH2—P(═O)(OEt)2.
    B13. 8-Carbamate-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B13-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B13.
    (B13-2) A compound according to (B13-1), wherein —B13 is independently carbamate-C1-6alkyl.
    (B13-3) A compound according to (B13-1), wherein —B13 is independently:
      • -LY13-NH—C(═O)OH, -LY13-NH—C(═O)—RY13, -LY13-NRY13—C(═O)OH, or -LY13-NRY13—C(═O)—RY13,
      • wherein:
      • -LY13- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
      • each —RY13 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, fluorenyl, —CH2-fluorenyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, fluorenyl and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY13A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY13A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY13A, —NRY13A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY13A,
      • —C(═O)RY13A,
      • —OC(═O)RY13A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY13A, —C(═O)NRY13A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY13A, —NRY13AC(═O)RY13A, and
      • —CN;
      • wherein each —RY13A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY13B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY13B, and —OCF3, wherein each —RY13B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B13-4) A compound according to (B13-3), wherein —B13 is independently -LY13-NH—C(═O)OH, or -LY13-NH—C(═O)—RY13.
        (B13-5) A compound according to (B13-3), wherein —B13 is independently -LY13-NH—C(═O)OH.
        (B13-6) A compound according to (B13-3), wherein —B13 is independently -LY13-NH—C(═O)—RY13.
        (B13-7) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-6), wherein -LY13- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B13-8) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-6), wherein -LY13- is independently —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
        (B13-9) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-6), wherein -LY13- is independently —CH2—.
        (B13-10) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-6), wherein -LY13- is independently —CH2CH2—.
        (B13-11) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-10), wherein each —RY13, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, fluorenyl, —CH2-fluorenyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, fluorenyl and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B13-12) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-10), wherein each —RY13, if present, is independently fluorenyl or —CH2-fluorenyl, wherein said fluorenyl is optionally substituted.
        (B13-13) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-10), wherein each —RV″, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B13-14) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-10), wherein each —RY13, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, fluorenyl, —CH2-fluorenyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, fluorenyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY12A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY12A, and —OCF3.
        (B13-15) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-10), wherein each —RY13, if present, is independently fluorenyl or —CH2-fluorenyl, wherein said fluorenyl is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY12A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY12A, and —OCF3.
        (B13-16) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-10), wherein each —RV13, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY12A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY12A, and —OCF3.
        (B13-17) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-10), wherein each —RY13, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (B13-18) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-10), wherein each —RY13, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B13-19) A compound according to any one of (B13-3) to (B13-10), wherein —RY13 is fluorenyl or —CH2-fluorenyl.
    B14. 8-Oxime-Alkyl Compounds
  • (B14-1) A compound according to any one of (1), (A1-1) to (A1-75), (A2-1) to (A2-19), (A3-1) to (A3-18), (A4-1) to (A4-17), (A5-1) to (A5-19), and (A6-1) to (A6-23), wherein —B is independently —B14.
    (B14-2) A compound according to (B14-1), wherein —B14 is independently oxime-C1-6alkyl.
    (B14-3) A compound according to (B14-1), wherein —B14 is independently:
      • -LY14-CH(═N—O—H), -LY14-CH(═N—O—RY14), -LY14-CRY14(═N—O—H), or -LY14-CRY14(═N—O—RY14),
      • wherein:
      • -LY14- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
      • each —RY14 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
      • wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from:
      • —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
      • —RY14A, —CF3,
      • —OH, —ORY14A, —OCF3,
      • —NH2, —NHRY14A, —NRY14A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY14A,
      • —C(═O)RY14A,
      • —OC(═O)RY14A,
      • —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY14A, —C(═O)NRY14A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
      • —NHC(═O)RY14A, —NRyl4AC(═O)RY14A, and
      • —CN;
      • wherein each —RY14A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY14B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY14B, and —OCF3, wherein each —RY148 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B14-4) A compound according to (B14-3), wherein —B14 is independently -LY14-CH(═N—O—RY14) or -LY5-CRY5(═N—O—RY5).
        (B14-5) A compound according to (B14-3), wherein —B14 is independently -LY14-CRY14(═N—O—RY14).
        (B14-6) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-5), wherein -LY14- is independently —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, or —CH(CH2CH3)—.
        (B14-7) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-5), wherein -LY14- is independently —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
        (B14-8) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-5), wherein -LY14- is independently —CH2—.
        (B14-9) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-5), wherein -LY14- is independently —CH2CH2—.
        (B14-10) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-9), wherein each —RY14, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B14-11) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-9), wherein each —RY14, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted.
        (B14-12) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-9), wherein each —RY14, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY14A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY14A, and —OCF3.
        (B14-13) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-9), wherein each —RY14, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY14A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY14A, and —OCF3.
        (B14-14) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-9), wherein each —RY14, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph, wherein said -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from: —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY14A, —CF3, —OH, —ORY14A, and —OCF3.
        (B14-15) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-9), wherein each —RY14, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph.
        (B14-16) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-9), wherein each —RY14, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
        (B14-17) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-9), wherein each —RY14, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -sBu, -iBu, or -tBu.
        (B14-18) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-9), wherein each —RY14, if present, is independently -Me, -Et, -nPr, or -iPr.
        (B14-19) A compound according to any one of (B14-3) to (B14-9), wherein each —RY14, if present, is independently -Me or -Et.
        (B14-20) A compound according to (B14-3), wherein —B14 is independently —CH2—C(Et)(═N—O-Me).
    Certain Preferred Embodiments
  • (C1) A compound according to (1), wherein:
      • -A is independently:
      • -A1, for example, as set out in any one of (A1-1) to (A1-75); and
      • —B is independently:
      • —B1, for example, as set out in any one of (B1-1) to (B1-12);
      • —B2, for example, as set out in any one of (B2-1) to (B2-5);
      • —B3, for example, as set out in any one of (B3-1) to (B3-32);
      • —B4, for example, as set out in any one of (B4-1) to (B4-25);
      • —B5, for example, as set out in any one of (B5-1) to (B5-23); or
      • —B6, for example, as set out in any one of (B6-1) to (B6-29).
        (C2) A compound according to (1), wherein:
      • -A is independently:
      • -A1, for example, as set out in any one of (A1-1) to (A1-75); and
      • —B is independently:
      • —B1, for example, as set out in any one of (B1-1) to (B1-12);
      • —B2, for example, as set out in any one of (B2-1) to (B2-5);
      • —B3, for example, as set out in any one of (B3-1) to (B3-32); or
      • —B4, for example, as set out in any one of (B4-1) to (B4-25).
        (C3) A compound according to (1), wherein:
      • -A is independently:
      • -A1, for example, as set out in any one of (A1-1) to (A1-75); and
      • —B is independently:
      • —B1, for example, as set out in any one of (B1-1) to (B1-12).
        (C4) A compound according to (1), wherein:
      • -A is independently:
      • -A1, for example, as set out in any one of (A1-1) to (A1-75); and
      • —B is independently:
      • —B2, for example, as set out in any one of (B2-1) to (B2-5).
        (C5) A compound according to (1), wherein:
      • -A is independently:
      • -A1, for example, as set out in any one of (A1-1) to (A1-75); and
      • —B is independently:
      • —B3, for example, as set out in any one of (B3-1) to (B3-32).
        (C6) A compound according to (1), wherein:
      • -A is independently:
      • -A1, for example, as set out in any one of (A1-1) to (A1-75); and
      • —B is independently:
      • —B4, for example, as set out in any one of (B4-1) to (B4-25).
    Molecular Weight
  • In one embodiment, the 38TM compound has a molecular weight of from 200 to 1200. In one embodiment, the bottom of range is from 210, 220, 225, 250, 275, 300, or 350. In one embodiment, the top of range is 1100, 1000, 900, 800, 700, or 600.
  • In one embodiment, the range is 220 to 600.
    • Combinations
  • It is appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, may also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention, which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any suitable sub-combination. All combinations of the embodiments pertaining to the chemical groups represented by the variables (e.g., -A1, -A2, -A3, -A4, -A5, -A6, —B1, —B2, —B3, —B4, —B5, —B6, —B7, —B8, —B9, —B10, —B11, —B12, —B13, —B14, —RZ1, —RZ1A, —RZ1B, —RZ2, —RZ2A, RZ2B, etc.) are specifically embraced by the present invention and are disclosed herein just as if each and every combination was individually and explicitly disclosed, to the extent that such combinations embrace compounds that are stable compounds (i.e., compounds that can be isolated, characterised, and tested for biological activity). In addition, all sub-combinations of the chemical groups listed in the embodiments describing such variables are also specifically embraced by the present invention and are disclosed herein just as if each and every such sub-combination of chemical groups was individually and explicitly disclosed herein.
    • Substantially Purified Forms
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to 38TM compounds, as described herein, in substantially purified form and/or in a form substantially free from contaminants.
  • In one embodiment, the compound is in a substantially purified form with a purity of least 50% by weight, e.g., at least 60% by weight, e.g., at least 70% by weight, e.g., at least 80% by weight, e.g., at least 90% by weight, e.g., at least 95% by weight, e.g., at least 97% by weight, e.g., at least 98% by weight, e.g., at least 99% by weight.
  • Unless specified, the substantially purified form refers to the compound in any stereoisomeric or enantiomeric form. For example, in one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of stereoisomers, i.e., purified with respect to other compounds. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to one stereoisomer, e.g., optically pure stereoisomer. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of enantiomers. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to an equimolar mixture of enantiomers (i.e., a racemic mixture, a racemate). In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to one enantiomer, e.g., optically pure enantiomer.
  • In one embodiment, the compound is in a form substantially free from contaminants wherein the contaminants represent no more than 50% by weight, e.g., no more than 40% by weight, e.g., no more than 30% by weight, e.g., no more than 20% by weight, e.g., no more than 10% by weight, e.g., no more than 5% by weight, e.g., no more than 3% by weight, e.g., no more than 2% by weight, e.g., no more than 1% by weight.
  • Unless specified, the contaminants refer to other compounds, that is, other than stereoisomers or enantiomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and other stereoisomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and the other enantiomer.
  • In one embodiment, the compound is in a substantially purified form with an optical purity of at least 60% (i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired enantiomer), e.g., at least 70%, e.g., at least 80%, e.g., at least 90%, e.g., at least 95%, e.g., at least 97%, e.g., at least 98%, e.g., at least 99%.
    • Isomers
  • Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r-forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+) and (−) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; α- and β-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as “isomers” (or “isomeric forms”).
  • Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term “isomers,” as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e., isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). For example, a reference to a methoxy group, —OCH3, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, —CH2OH. Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl. However, a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C1-7alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
  • The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00097
  • Note that specifically included in the term “isomer” are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D), and 3H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like.
  • Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including mixtures (e.g., racemic mixtures) thereof. Methods for the preparation (e.g., asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g., fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
    • Salts
  • It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of the compound, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci., Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
  • For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., —COON may be —COO−), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
  • Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+and Mg2+, and other cations such as Al+3. Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH4 +) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH3R+, NH2R2 +, NR4 +). Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4 +.
  • If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g., —NH2 may be —NH3 +), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
  • Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes salt forms thereof.
    • Hydrates and Solvates
  • It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding hydrate or solvate of the compound (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable hydrates or solvates of the compound). The term “solvate” is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., compound, salt of compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
  • Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes hydrate and solvate forms thereof.
    • Chemically Protected Forms
  • It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the compound in a chemically protected form. The term “chemically protected form” is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like). In practice, well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions. In a chemically protected form, one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). By protecting a reactive functional group, reactions involving other unprotected reactive functional groups can be performed, without affecting the protected group; the protecting group may be removed, usually in a subsequent step, without substantially affecting the remainder of the molecule. See, for example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 4th Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 2006).
  • A wide variety of such “protecting,” “blocking,” or “masking” methods are widely used and well known in organic synthesis. For example, a compound which has two nonequivalent reactive functional groups, both of which would be reactive under specified conditions, may be derivatized to render one of the functional groups “protected,” and therefore unreactive, under the specified conditions; so protected, the compound may be used as a reactant which has effectively only one reactive functional group. After the desired reaction (involving the other functional group) is complete, the protected group may be “deprotected” to return it to its original functionality.
  • For example, a hydroxy group may be protected as an ether (—OR) or an ester (—OC(═O)R), for example, as: a t-butyl ether; a benzyl, benzhydryl(diphenylmethyl), or trityl(triphenylmethyl)ether; a trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl ether; or an acetyl ester (—OC(═O)CH3, —OAc).
  • For example, an aldehyde or ketone group may be protected as an acetal (R—CH(OR)2) or ketal (R2C(OR)2), respectively, in which the carbonyl group (>C═O) is converted to a diether (>C(OR)2), by reaction with, for example, a primary alcohol. The aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
  • For example, an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (—NRCO—R) or a urethane (—NRCO—OR), for example, as: a methyl amide (—NHCO—CH3); a benzyloxy amide (—NHCO—OCH2C6H5, —NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (—NHCO—OC(CH3)3, —NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2-propoxy amide (—NHCO—OC(CH3)2C6H4C6H5, —NH-Bpoc), as a 9-fluorenylmethoxy amide (—NH-Fmoc), as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (—NH-Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (—NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (—NH-Troc), as an allyloxy amide (—NH-Alloc), as a 2(-phenylsulfonyl)ethyloxy amide (—NH-Psec); or, in suitable cases (e.g., cyclic amines), as a nitroxide radical (>N—O.).
  • For example, a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C1-7alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a C1-7haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C1-7-trihaloalkyl ester); a triC1-7alkylsilyl-C1-7alkyl ester; or a C5-20aryl-C1-7alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
  • For example, a thiol group may be protected as a thioether (—SR), for example, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether (—S—CH2NHC(═O)CH3).
  • For example, a carbonyl group may be protected as an oxime (—C(═NOH)—) or a substituted oxime (—C(═NOR)—), for example, where R is saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
    • Prodrugs
  • It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the compound in the form of a prodrug. The term “prodrug,” as used herein, pertains to a compound which, when metabolised (e.g., in vivo), yields the desired active compound. Typically, the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the desired active compound, but may provide advantageous handling, administration, or metabolic properties.
  • For example, some prodrugs are esters of the active compound (e.g., a physiologically acceptable metabolically labile ester). During metabolism, the ester group (—C(═O)OR) is cleaved to yield the active drug. Such esters may be formed by esterification, for example, of any of the carboxylic acid groups (—C(═O)OH) in the parent compound, with, where appropriate, prior protection of any other reactive groups present in the parent compound, followed by deprotection if required.
  • Also, some prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound (for example, as in ADEPT, GDEPT, LIDEPT, etc.). For example, the prodrug may be a sugar derivative or other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative.
    • Chemical Synthesis
  • Several methods for the chemical synthesis of 38TM compounds of the present invention are described herein. These and/or other well known methods may be modified and/or adapted in known ways in order to facilitate the synthesis of additional compounds within the scope of the present invention.
  • In one approach, a suitable isocyanate is reacted with 5-diazoimidazole-4-carboxamide (a well-known reagent) to give the corresponding 3-substituted imidazotetrazine, for example as illustrated in the following scheme.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00098
  • See, for example, Wang, Y., et al., 1998, “Antitumour imidazotetrazines. Part 36. Conversion of 5-amino-imidazole-4-carboxamide to imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-ones and imidazo[1,5-a][1,3,5]triazin-4(3H)-ones related in structure to the antitumour agents temozolomide and mitozolomide,” J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans 1, Vol. 10, pp. 1669-1675;
  • Stevens, M. F. G., et al., 1984, “Antitumour imidazotetrazines. Part 1. Synthesis and chemistry of 8-carbamoyl-3-(2-chloroethypimidazo[1,5-d]-1,2,3,5-tetrazin-4(3H)-one, a novel broad spectrum antitumour agent”, J. Med. Chem., Vol. 27, pp. 196-201.
  • Suitable isocyanates may be obtained from commercial sources, or prepared using known methods, or by adapting known methods in known ways. For example, methods for preparing certain isocyanates are described in WO 96/27588.
  • The classical routes to isocyanates are treatment of a primary amine with phosgene, or a phosgene equivalent, and the Curtius rearrangement of an acyl azide (see, e.g., Ozaki, S., 1972, Chem. Rev., Vol. 72, pp. 457-496; Saunders, J. H., et al., 1948, Chem. Rev., Vol. 43, pp. 203-218). Acyl azides are commonly prepared by the treatment of an acid chloride with sodium azide or, more conveniently, are prepared directly from the carboxylic acid using diphenylphosphoryl azide (dppa) (see, e.g., Shioiri, T., et al., 1972, J. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. 94, pp. 6203-6205) and are not normally isolated.
  • In another approach, the 3-(hydroxymethyl) compound (3-hydroxymethyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid amide) is used as a key intermediate. This key intermediate may be prepared by methods described here, and illustrated, for example, in the following scheme.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00099
  • This key intermediate may then be used to prepare a range of other 3-substituted compounds by reaction with a suitable halide (e.g., R—X, where X is, for example, —I), for example, in the presence of a suitable base. An example of this method is illustrated in the following scheme.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00100
  • This approach has the particular advantage that is employs halides (e.g., R—X) instead of isocyanates (e.g., R—N═C═O). A wider variety of halides is known and/or can be relatively easily prepared, as compared to the corresponding isocyanates. (Of course, an isocyanate is used in the preparation of the key intermediate, but it is an isocyanate that is known and relatively easy to prepare and handle.)
  • Modifications at the 8-position may be made, for example, by starting from the corresponding carboxamide. Suitable methods for modification at the 8-position are described in the Examples below.
  • Isotopically labelled compounds (for example, labelled at the 3-position) may be prepared, for example, using methods illustrated in the following scheme, where R* denotes an isotopically labelled group.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00101
  • A specific example of such a method, where the isotopically labelled fragment is incorporated at the N-3 position early in the syntheses of the target compound, is illustrated in the following scheme.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00102
  • Alternatively, an isotopically labelled group may be introduced at the 8-position, later in the synthesis of the target compound, for example, using methods illustrated in the following scheme, where R* denotes an isotopically labelled group.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00103
  • A specific example of such a method, where the isotopically labelled fragment is incorporated at the C-8 position early in the syntheses of the target compound, is illustrated in the following scheme.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00104
    • Compositions
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising a 38TM compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of preparing a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising admixing a 38TM compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
    • Uses
  • The 38TM compounds described herein are useful, for example, in the treatment of proliferative disorders, such as, for example, cancer, etc.
    • Use in Methods of Inhibiting Cell Proliferation, Etc.
  • The 38TM compounds described herein, e.g., (a) regulate (e.g., inhibit) cell proliferation; (b) inhibit cell cycle progression; (c) promote apoptosis; or (d) a combination of one or more of these.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a 38TM compound, as described herein.
  • In one embodiment, the method is a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a 38TM compound, as described herein.
  • In one embodiment, the method is performed in vitro.
  • In one embodiment, the method is performed in vivo.
  • In one embodiment, the 38TM compound is provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
  • Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, cancer cells derived from tumours or the lung, gastrointestinal (including, e.g., bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate compound regulates (e.g., inhibits) cell proliferation, etc. For example, assays which may conveniently be used to assess the activity offered by a particular compound are described herein.
  • For example, a sample of cells (e.g., from a tumour) may be grown in vitro and a compound brought into contact with said cells, and the effect of the compound on those cells observed. As an example of “effect,” the morphological status of the cells (e.g., alive or dead, etc.) may be determined. Where the compound is found to exert an influence on the cells, this may be used as a prognostic or diagnostic marker of the efficacy of the compound in methods of treating a patient carrying cells of the same cellular type.
    • Use in Methods of Therapy
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a 38TM compound, as described herein, for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
    • Use in the Manufacture of Medicaments
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a 38TM compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
  • In one embodiment, the medicament comprises the 38TM compound.
    • Methods of Treatment
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a 38TM compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Conditions Treated—Proliferative Disorders and Cancer
  • In one embodiment (e.g., of use in methods of therapy, of use in the manufacture of medicaments, of methods of treatment), the treatment is treatment of a proliferative disorder.
  • The term “proliferative condition,” as used herein, pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition characterised by benign, pre-malignant, or malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms, hyperplasias, and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (see below), psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g., of connective tissues), pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, smooth muscle cell proliferation in the blood vessels, such as stenosis or restenosis following angioplasty.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, stomach cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, renal cell carcinoma, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, glioma, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, bone cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, squamous carcinoma of the head or neck, skin cancer, squamous cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, malignant melanoma, lymphoma, or leukemia.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of:
      • a carcinoma, for example a carcinoma of the bladder, breast, colon (e.g., colorectal carcinomas such as colon adenocarcinoma and colon adenoma), kidney, epidermal, liver, lung (e.g., adenocarcinoma, small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung carcinomas), oesophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas (e.g., exocrine pancreatic carcinoma), stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, skin (e.g., squamous cell carcinoma);
      • a hematopoietic tumour of lymphoid lineage, for example leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, or Burkett's lymphoma;
      • a hematopoietic tumor of myeloid lineage, for example acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome, or promyelocytic leukemia;
      • a tumour of mesenchymal origin, for example fibrosarcoma or habdomyosarcoma;
      • a tumor of the central or peripheral nervous system, for example astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma or schwannoma;
      • melanoma; seminoma; teratocarcinoma; osteosarcoma; xenoderoma pigmentoum; keratoctanthoma; thyroid follicular cancer; or Kaposi's sarcoma.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of solid tumour cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of haematological cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, renal cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, squamous carcinoma of the head or neck, or glioma.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of glioma.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is characterised by, or further characterised by, cancer stem cells.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is MGMT- cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is MGMT+ cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is MMR proficient cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is MMR deficient cancer.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is temozolomide resistant or temozolomide refractory.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is inherently temozolomide resistant or inherently temozolomide refractory.
  • In one embodiment, the cancer is temozolomide resistant or temozolomide refractory following exposure to (e.g., treatment with) temozolomide.
  • The anti-cancer effect may arise through one or more mechanisms, including but not limited to, the regulation of cell proliferation, the inhibition of cell cycle progression, the inhibition of angiogenesis (the formation of new blood vessels), the inhibition of metastasis (the spread of a tumour from its origin), the inhibition of invasion (the spread of tumour cells into neighbouring normal structures), or the promotion of apoptosis (programmed cell death). The compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of the cancers described herein, independent of the mechanisms discussed herein.
    • Treatment
  • The term “treatment,” as used herein in the context of treating a condition, pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, alleviation of symptoms of the condition, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition. Treatment as a prophylactic measure (i.e., prophylaxis) is also included. For example, use with patients who have not yet developed the condition, but who are at risk of developing the condition, is encompassed by the term “treatment.”
  • For example, treatment includes the prophylaxis of cancer, reducing the incidence of cancer, alleviating the symptoms of cancer, etc.
  • The term “therapeutically-effective amount,” as used herein, pertains to that amount of a compound, or a material, composition or dosage form comprising a compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.
    • Combination Therapies
  • The term “treatment” includes combination treatments and therapies, in which two or more treatments or therapies are combined, for example, sequentially or simultaneously. For example, the compounds described herein may also be used in combination therapies, e.g., in conjunction with other agents, for example, cytotoxic agents, anticancer agents, molecularly-targeted agents, etc. Examples of treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g., drugs, antibodies (e.g., as in immunotherapy), prodrugs (e.g., as in photodynamic therapy, GDEPT, ADEPT, etc.); surgery; radiation therapy; photodynamic therapy; gene therapy; and controlled diets.
  • For example, it may be beneficial to combine treatment with a 38TM compound as described herein with one or more other (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4) agents or therapies that regulates cell growth or survival or differentiation via a different mechanism, thus treating several characteristic features of cancer development.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a 38TM compound as described herein, in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents, as described below.
  • The particular combination would be at the discretion of the physician who would select dosages using his common general knowledge and dosing regimens known to a skilled practitioner.
  • The agents (i.e., the 38TM compound described herein, plus one or more other agents) may be administered simultaneously or sequentially, and may be administered in individually varying dose schedules and via different routes. For example, when administered sequentially, the agents can be administered at closely spaced intervals (e.g., over a period of 5-10 minutes) or at longer intervals (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 or more hours apart, or even longer periods apart where required), the precise dosage regimen being commensurate with the properties of the therapeutic agent(s).
  • The agents (i.e., the 38TM compound described here, plus one or more other agents) may be formulated together in a single dosage form, or alternatively, the individual agents may be formulated separately and presented together in the form of a kit, optionally with instructions for their use.
    • Other Uses
  • The 38TM compounds described herein may also be used as cell culture additives to inhibit cell proliferation, etc.
  • The 38TM compounds described herein may also be used as part of an in vitro assay, for example, in order to determine whether a candidate host is likely to benefit from treatment with the compound in question.
  • The 38TM compounds described herein may also be used as a standard, for example, in an assay, in order to identify other compounds, other anti-proliferative agents, other anti-cancer agents, etc.
    • Kits
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to a kit comprising (a) a 38TM compound as described herein, or a composition comprising a 38TM compound as described herein, e.g., preferably provided in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, e.g., written instructions on how to administer the compound or composition.
  • The written instructions may also include a list of indications for which the active ingredient is a suitable treatment.
    • Routes of Administration
  • The 38TM compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the 38TM compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (i.e., at the site of desired action).
  • Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g., by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular, intraarticular, subarachnoid, and intrasternal; by implant of a depot or reservoir, for example, subcutaneously or intramuscularly.
    • The Subject/Patient
  • The subject/patient may be a chordate, a vertebrate, a mammal, a placental mammal, a marsupial (e.g., kangaroo, wombat), a rodent (e.g., a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine (e.g., a mouse), a lagomorph (e.g., a rabbit), avian (e.g., a bird), canine (e.g., a dog), feline (e.g., a cat), equine (e.g., a horse), porcine (e.g., a pig), ovine (e.g., a sheep), bovine (e.g., a cow), a primate, simian (e.g., a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g., marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g., gorilla, chimpanzee, orangutang, gibbon), or a human.
  • Furthermore, the subject/patient may be any of its forms of development, for example, a foetus.
  • In one preferred embodiment, the subject/patient is a human.
    • Formulations
  • While it is possible for the 38TM compound to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation (e.g., composition, preparation, medicament) comprising at least one 38TM compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents. The formulation may further comprise other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
  • Thus, the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one 38TM compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the compound.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable,” as used herein, pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.
  • Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1990; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 5th edition, 2005.
  • The formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.
  • The formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.
  • Formulations may suitably be in the form of liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, mouthwashes, drops, tablets (including, e.g., coated tablets), granules, powders, losenges, pastilles, capsules (including, e.g., hard and soft gelatin capsules), cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses, suppositories, pessaries, tinctures, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, foams, sprays, mists, or aerosols.
  • Formulations may suitably be provided as a patch, adhesive plaster, bandage, dressing, or the like which is impregnated with one or more compounds and optionally one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, including, for example, penetration, permeation, and absorption enhancers. Formulations may also suitably be provided in the form of a depot or reservoir.
  • The compound may be dissolved in, suspended in, or admixed with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients. The compound may be presented in a liposome or other microparticulate which is designed to target the compound, for example, to blood components or one or more organs.
  • Formulations suitable for oral administration (e.g., by ingestion) include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, tablets, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses.
  • Formulations suitable for buccal administration include mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs. Losenges typically comprise the compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth. Pastilles typically comprise the compound in an inert matrix, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia. Mouthwashes typically comprise the compound in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations suitable for sublingual administration include tablets, losenges, pastilles, capsules, and pills.
  • Formulations suitable for oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Formulations suitable for non-oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), suppositories, pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Formulations suitable for transdermal administration include gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, and oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, bandages, dressings, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Tablets may be made by conventional means, e.g., compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the compound in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with one or more binders (e.g., povidone, gelatin, acacia, sorbitol, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose); fillers or diluents (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, silica); disintegrants (e.g., sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose); surface-active or dispersing or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate); preservatives (e.g., methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, sorbic acid); flavours, flavour enhancing agents, and sweeteners. Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the compound therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile. Tablets may optionally be provided with a coating, for example, to affect release, for example an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach.
  • Ointments are typically prepared from the compound and a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
  • Creams are typically prepared from the compound and an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane-1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the compound through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.
  • Emulsions are typically prepared from the compound and an oily phase, which may optionally comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), or it may comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabiliser. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabiliser(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • Suitable emulgents and emulsion stabilisers include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulfate. The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations may be very low. Thus the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a liquid, include, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administration by nebuliser, include aqueous or oily solutions of the compound.
  • Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a solid, include, for example, those presented as a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
  • Formulations suitable for pulmonary administration (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy) include those presented as an aerosol spray from a pressurised pack, with the use of a suitable propellant, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
  • Formulations suitable for ocular administration include eye drops wherein the compound is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the compound.
  • Formulations suitable for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semi-liquid or liquid polyols, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate; or as a solution or suspension for treatment by enema.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the compound, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration (e.g., by injection), include aqueous or non-aqueous, isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile liquids (e.g., solutions, suspensions), in which the compound is dissolved, suspended, or otherwise provided (e.g., in a liposome or other microparticulate). Such liquids may additional contain other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, such as anti-oxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, suspending agents, thickening agents, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood (or other relevant bodily fluid) of the intended recipient. Examples of excipients include, for example, water, alcohols, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils, and the like. Examples of suitable isotonic carriers for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection. Typically, the concentration of the compound in the liquid is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 μg/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 μg/ml. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
    • Dosage
  • It will be appreciated by one of skill in the art that appropriate dosages of the 38TM compounds, and compositions comprising the 38TM compounds, can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects. The selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular 38TM compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the 38TM compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, the severity of the condition, and the species, sex, age, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient. The amount of 38TM compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, veterinarian, or clinician, although generally the dosage will be selected to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.
  • Administration can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell(s) being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician, veterinarian, or clinician.
  • In general, a suitable dose of the 38TM compound is in the range of about 10 μg to about 250 mg (more typically about 100 μg to about 25 mg) per kilogram body weight of the subject per day. Where the compound is a salt, an ester, an amide, a prodrug, or the like, the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately.
    • EXAMPLES
  • The following examples are provided solely to illustrate the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention, as described herein.
    • (I) Preparation of C8-Carboxylic Acids
  • To a solution (or near solution) of the appropriate carboxamide in trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL/mmol carboxamide) in a water bath at room temperature was added a solution of sodium nitrite (0.25 g/mmol carboxamide) in water (0.5 mUmmol carboxamide) over 30-60 minutes. The mixture was then heated for 3 hours at 35° C. (during which time the mixture lightened considerably in colour) and was then allowed to cool, before pouring onto ice. The resulting precipitate was filtered and dried in the vacuum oven.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00105
    • Synthesis 1 3-(Methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00106
  • Using the general method, the title compound was obtained as a beige powder (78%). δH (DMSO-d6) 13.39 (1H, bs), 8.86 (1H, s), 5.62 (2H, s), 3.42 (3H, s). IR (cm−1) 1753, 1711, 1560.
    • Synthesis 2 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00107
  • Using the general method, the title compound was obtained as an off-white powder (60%). δH (DMSO-d6) 13.39 (1H, bs), 8.85 (1H, s), 5.15 (2H, d, J=2.5), 3.53 (1H, t, J=2.5). IR (cm−1) 1742, 1709, 1452.
    • Synthesis 3 3-(Methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00108
  • Using the general method, the title compound was obtained as pale cream powder (66%). δH (DMSO-d6) 13.37 (1H, bs), 8.85 (1H, s), 5.44 (2H, s), 2.26 (3H, s). IR (cm−1) 1749, 1716, 1458.
    • (II) Preparation of C8-Thioamides
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00109
    • Synthesis 4 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00110
  • A mixture of temozolomide (3 g, 15.5 mmol) and Belleau's reagent (4.49 g, 8.5 mmol) was refluxed in DCM (80 mL) overnight. The reaction was quenched with water and the precipitate was filtered and washed with diethyl ether to give the pure title compound as an orange solid. (2.75 g, 84%). δH, (DMSO-d6): 9.92 (1H, s), 9.45 (1H, s), 8.81 (1H, s), 3.85 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 5 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (TT-001)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00111
  • 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (13.75 mmol), phosphorous pentasulphide (10.98 mmol) and hexamethyldisiloxane (32.93 mmol) were stirred in DCM at 40° C. for 5 hours. The crude reaction mixture was poured directly onto a column, and purified by chromatography, eluting with 10% MeCN/DCM. Yield=56%. δH (DMSO-d6) 9.97 (1H, bs), 9.48 (1H, bs), 8.85 (1H, s), 5.14 (2H, d, J=2.5), 3.53 (1H, t, J=2.5).
    • Synthesis 6 3-(Methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00112
  • Phosphorus pentasulfide (25 mg, 0.11 mmol) was added in one portion to a suspension of 3-(methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide and hexamethyldisiloxane (85 mg; 0.112 mL, 0.525 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) and the mixture was refluxed overnight. The crude product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (95:5) as eluent to give 39 mg of the title compound as an orange solid (36% yield). δH (DMSO d6): 9.95 (1H, s), 9.47 (1H, s), 8.85 (1H, s), 5.43 (2H, s), 2.26 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 7 3-(Methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00113
  • 3-(Methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (0.100 g, 0.446 mmol), phosphorus pentasulfide (27 mg; 0.06 mmol), and hexamethyldisiloxane (87 mg; 0.114 mL; 0.535 mmol) were stirred in DCM under reflux for 24 hours. After 24 hours, a second portion of P2S5 (27 mg; 0.06 mmol) was added, and reflux continued for a further 24 hours, after which time the reaction mixture was filtered, and the precipitate was washed with EtOAc, Et2O and air dried to yield the title compound as an orange solid (67% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ ppm 9.95 (1H, bs), 9.47 (1H, bs), 8.85 (1H, s), 5.74 (2H, s) and 3.40 (3H, s).
    • (III) Preparation of C8-Thiazoles
  • To a solution of the appropriate C-8 thioamide (1 eq.) in acetonitrile (15 mUmmol) was added the appropriate α-bromo ketone (1 eq.), and the solution stirred at room temperature overnight. If a solid precipitate was present, it was filtered; otherwise the reaction mixture was either added directly onto a column, or it was concentrated, and the solid washed, and purified by column chromatography (5-10% MeCN/DCM) where necessary.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00114
    • Synthesis 8 8-(4-(4-Fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-001)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00115
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, the title compound was obtained with addition of water to reaction mixture on completion. The precipitate was filtered and dried. Yield 90%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.91 (1H, s), 8.30 (1H, s) 8.13 (2H, dd, J=8.9, 5.5), 7.34 (2H, t, J=8.9), 3.89 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 9 3-Methyl-8-(4-phenylthiazol-2-ypimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-002)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00116
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, where the reaction mixture was heated for 4 hours, and water was added on cooling, the title compound was obtained as a bright yellow powder, which was filtered, washed with water and dried under vacuum. m.p. 180-182° C. Yield 78%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.92 (1H, s), 8.32 (1H, s), 8.09 (2H, d, J=7.1), 7.52 (2H, t, J=7.6), 7.39-7.43 (1H, m), 3.89 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 10 8-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-003)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00117
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, the title compound was obtained on addition of water to reaction mixture. The precipitate was filtered, washed with diethyl ether, and dried. Yield 56%.
    • Synthesis 11 8-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-004)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00118
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, the crude reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with 1/5 MeCN/DCM to give the title compound. Yield 83%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.96 (1h, s), 8.34 (1H, s), 8.90 (2H, d, J=7.2), 7.51 (2H, t, J=7.6), 7.42 (1H, t, J=7.2), 5.16 (2H, d, J=2.5), 3.54 (1H, t, J=2.5).
    • Synthesis 12 8-(4-tert-Butylthiazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-020)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00119
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained and evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with 2% MeCN/DCM, to give the title compound. Yield 90%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.48 (1h, s), 7.12 (1H, s), 5.13 (2H, d, J=2.4), 2.44 (1H, t, J=2.4), 1.44 (9H, s).
    • Synthesis 13 8-(4-(4-(Methylsulfonyl)phenypthiazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-025)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00120
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained and evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with 10% MeCN/DCM, to give the title compound. Yield 48%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.98 (1H, s), 8.61 (1H, s), 8.34 (2H, dt, J=8.8, 1.6), 8.06 (2H, dt, J=8.8, 1.6), 5.16 (2H, d, J=2.4), 3.55 (1H, t, J=2.8), 3.28 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 14 3-Methyl-8-(4-(pyridin-4-yl)thiazol-2-ypimidazo[5,1-d][1, 2, 3, 5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-013)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00121
  • 3-Methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (0.48 mmol), 2-bromo-1-(4-pyridyl)-1-ethanone (0.48 mmol) and DBU (2 drops) were stirred in MeGN (2 mL) overnight at room temperature. The resulting precipitate was filtered, dissolved in saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with DCM (3×5 mL). The organic layers were evaporated to dryness to give the title compound. Yield 7%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.73 (2H, dd, J=4.8, 1.6), 8.52 (1H, s), 7.95 (2H, dd, J=4.4, 1.6), 7.91 (1H, s), 4.10 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 15 8-(4-(3-Chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-023)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00122
  • 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (0.43 mmol) and 3′-chlorophenacyl chloride (0.43 mmol) were stirred in MeCN (2 mL) for 60 hours. The reaction mixture was then evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with 10% MeCN/DCM, to give the title compound. Yield 48%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.98 (1H, s), 8.50 (1H, s), 8.14 (1H, t, J=1.6), 8.06 (1H, dt, J=8.0, 1.2), 7.55 (1H, t, J=8.0), 7.47 (1H, ddd, J=8.0, 2.0, 1.2), 5.16 (2H, d, J=2.4), 3.56 (1H, t, J=2.4).
    • Synthesis 16 8-(4-(Benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynypimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-026)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00123
  • 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (0.22 mmol), 1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-bromoethan-1-one (0.22 mmol) and triethylamine (0.22 mmol) were stirred in MeCN (2 mL) at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was then evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography eluting with 3→5% MeCN/DCM, to give the title compound. Yield 59%. δH (DMSO-d6) 9.01 (1H, s), 8.27 (1H, s), 7.70 (1H, dd, J=8.4, 2.0) 7.67 (1H, d, J=1.6), 7.10 (1H, d, J=8.4), 6.16 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, d, J=2.4), 3.60 (1H, t, J=2.4).
    • Synthesis 17 3-(Prop-2-ynyl)-8-(4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-029)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00124
  • 4-Oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (0.43 mmol) and 2-bromo-1-(2-thienyl)-1-ethanone (0.43 mmol) were stirred in dry MeCN (2 mL) at room temperature overnight. A precipitate formed which was filtered off and treated with basic ion exchange resin. After removal of the resin, the liquor was recombined with the original filtrate and evaporated to dryness before being purified by column chromatography eluting with 5% MeCN/DCM to give the title compound. Yield 73%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.95 (1H, s), 8.16 (1H, s) 7.67 (1H, dd, J=3.6, 1.2), 7.58 (1H, dd, J=4.8, 1.2), 7.16 (1H, dd, J=4.8, 3.6), 5.14 (2H, d, J=2.4), 3.53 (1H, t, J=2.4).
    • Synthesis 18 8-(2,4′-Bithiazol-2′-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-028)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00125
  • 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (0.43 mmol) and 2-bromo-1-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)ethanone (0.43 mmol) were stirred in MeCN (2 mL) overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture containing a newly formed precipitate was then treated with sufficient triethylamine to solubilise before evaporating to dryness and purifying by column chromatography, eluting with 10% MeCN/DCM, to give the title compound. Yield 38%. δH (DMSO-d6) 9.00 (1H, s) 8.44 (1H, s), 7.97 (1H, d, J=3.2), 7.85 (1H, d, J=2.8), 5.16 (2H, d, J=2.4), 3.55 (1H, t, J=2.4).
    • Synthesis 19 N-tert-Butyl-2-(3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-8-yl)thiazole-4-carboxamide (WW-009)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00126
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, and where a few drops of dichloromethane were added to the reaction mixture to dissolve the starting materials, the title compound was obtained and purified by column chromatography (CHCl3/MeCN 19/1→9/1). Yield 69%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.85 (1H, s), 7.45 (1H, s), 3.85 (3H, s), 1.36 (9H, s).
    • Synthesis 20 8-(2,4′-Bithiazol-2′-yl)-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-010)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00127
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, the product precipitated from the reaction mixture and was washed with acetonitrile, to give the title compound. Yield 99%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.95 (1H , s); 8.42 (1H, s), 7.97 (1H, d, J=3.2), 7.85 (1H, d, J=3.2,), 3.90 (Me, s, 3H).
    • Synthesis 21 8-(4-(4-Bromophenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-022)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00128
  • 3-Methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (0.48 mmol) and 2,4′-dibromoacetophenone (0.48 mmol) were stirred in MeCN overnight at room temperature. A slight yellow solid persisted which was filtered off before the remaining mixture was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography, eluting with 10% MeCN/DCM, to give the title compound. Yield=81%. δH (DMSO-d6): 8.92 (1H, s), 8.39 (1H, s), 8.04 (2H, d, J=8.8), 7. (2H, d, J=8.8), 3.89 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 22 8-(4-(4-Bromophenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynypimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-021)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00129
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a precipitate was obtained which was filtered and purified by column chromatography, eluting with 2.5% MeCN/DCM, to give the title compound as an off white solid. Yield 33%. δH (DMSO-d6): 8.54 (1H, s), 7.95 (2H, d, J=8.4), 7.71 (1H, s), 7.60 (2H, d, J=8.4), 5.19 (2H, d, J=2.4), 2.49 (2H, t, J=2.8), 2.03 (1H, s).
    • Synthesis 23 3-Methyl-8-(4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-012)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00130
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained which was evaporated to dryness and purified by silica column chromatography eluting with 5→10% MeCN/DCM, to give the title compound. Yield=50%. δH (DMSO-d6): 8.91 (1H, s), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.01 (1H, dd, J=2.8, 1.1), 7.68 (2H, m) 3.89 (1H, s).
    • Synthesis 24 3-(Prop-2-ynyl)-8-(4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-024)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00131
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained which was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography eluting with 5→10% MeCN/DCM to give the title compound. Yield 39%. δH (DMSO-d6): 8.95 (1H, s), 8.16 (1H, s), 8.02 (1H, dd, J=2.8, 1.6), 7.69 (2H, m), 5.15 (2H, d, J=2.4), 3.54 (1H, t, J=2.4).
    • Synthesis 25 3-Methyl-8-(4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-011)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00132
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained which was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, (CHCl3/MeCN 19/1), to give the title compound. Yield 75%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.92 (1H, s), 8.15 (1H, s, 7.68 (1H, dd, J=3.6, 1.2), 7.67 (1H, dd, J=5.2, 1.2), 7.17 (1H, dd, J=4.8, 3.6), 3.89 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 26 8-(4-tert-Butylthiazol-2-yl)-3-(methoxymethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-014)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00133
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained which was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with DCM to DCM: MeOH, 10:1 to give the title compound as a yellow solid (yield 87%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.90 (1H, s), 7.47 (1H, s), 5.59 (2H, s), 3.42 (3H, s), 1.36 (9H, s).
    • Synthesis 27 8-(2,4′-Bithiazol-2′-yl)-3-(methoxymethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-015)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00134
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained which was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with DCM to DCM: MeOH, 1:1, to yield the title compound as a yellow solid (yield 74%). δH (DMSO-d6) 9.11 (1H, s), 8.59 (1H, s), 8.08 (1H, d, J=3.2), 7.97 (1H, d, J=3.2), 5.71 (2H, s), 3.56 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 28 3-(Methoxymethyl)-8-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-016)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00135
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained which was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with DCM to DCM: MeOH, 10:1, to yield the title compound as a yellow solid (yield 54%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.96 (1H, s), 8.33 (1H, s), 8.80 (2H, d, J=7), 7.52 (2H, t, J=7), 7.41 (1H, tt, J=1.2), 5.40 (2H, s), 3.43 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 29 3-(Methoxymethyl)-8-(4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-ypimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-017)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00136
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained which was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with DCM to DCM: MeOH, 10:1, to give the title compound (yield 37%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.94 (1H, s), 8.14 (1H, s), 8.01 (1H, dd, J=3.2, 1.6), 7.68-7.64 (2H, m), 5.60 (2H, s), 3.42 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 30 3-(Methoxymethyl)-8-(4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1, 2, 3, 5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-018)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00137
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained which was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with DCM to DCM: MeOH, 10:1, to give the title compound (yield 95%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.95 (1H, s), 8.16 (1H, s), 7.68 (1H, dd, J=3.6, 1.2), 7.59 (1H, dd, J=4.8, 1.2), 7.17 (1H, dd, J=4.8, 3.6), 5.61 (2H, s), 3.43 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 31 3-(Methoxymethyl)-8-(4-(pyridin-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-019)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00138
  • 3-(Methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (0.050 g, 0.208 mmol) was stirred in MeCN (2 mL) at room temperature under N2 and then 2-bromo-1-(4-pyridinyl-1-thanone hydrochloride (0.064 g, 0.227 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo and re-dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aq. NaHCO3 (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL) and the organic fractions combined, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to yield an orange solid (0.036 g). The solid was then purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, gradient elution, DCM (100%) to DCM: MeCN, 10:1 to 1:1) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.029 g, 41%); 6H (DMSO-d6) 9.06 (1H, s), 8.77-8.76 (2H, m), 8.74 (1H, s), 8.10-8.08 (2H, m), 5.82 (2H, s), 3.51 (3H s).
    • Synthesis 32 3-(Methoxymethyl)-8-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-027)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00139
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, a crude reaction mixture was obtained which was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with DCM to DCM: MeCN, 10:1, to give the title compound (yield 70%). δH (DMSO-d6) 9.00 (1H, s), 8.62 (1H, s), 8.36 (2H, d, J=8.8), 8.07 (2H, d, J=8.4), 5.64 (2H, s), 3.45 (3H, s), 3.27 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 33 (Methoxymethyl)-8-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-032)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00140
  • Using the general method for 8-thiazoles, and after stirring the reaction mixture for 6 days, the crude reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography, eluting with DCM to DCM: MeCN, 10:1, to give the title compound (yield 55%). δH (DMSO-d6) 9.02 (1H, s), 8.27 (1H, s), 7.85-7.67 (2H, m), 7.12 (1H, d, J=8.0), 6.15 (2H, s), 5.69 (2H, s), 3.68 (3H, s).
    • (IV) Preparation of 8-Thiazole-4-Carboxamides
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00141
    • Synthesis 34 3-(Imino(3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-8-yl)methylthio)-2-oxopropanoic acid
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00142
  • To a solution of 3-bromopyruvic acid (1.388 g; 8.3 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (20 mL) was added 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (1.000 g; 4.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was washed with DCM (3×15 mL) and diethyl ether (2×20 mL) and the pale yellow solid (1.20 g; 84%) was used without further purification.
    • Synthesis 35 2-(3-Methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-8-yl)-N-(prop-2-ynyl)thiazole-4-carboxamide (WW-005)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00143
  • To a solution of 3-(imino(3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-8-yl)methylthio)-2-oxopropanoic acid (0.65 g; 2.2 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) under nitrogen was added isobutyl chloroformate (0.60 mL; 4.4 mmol), followed by triethylamine (0.62 mL; 4.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and then propargylamine (0.28 mL; 4.4 mmol) was added, and stirring continued for a further 3 hours. The precipitate was washed with water (5×15 mL) and diethyl ether (2×15 mL) to yield the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.250 g; 36%). δH (DMSO-d6) 3.13 (1H, m), 3.89 (3H, s), 4.10 (2H, m), 8.47 (1H, s), 8.68 (1H, t, J=5.9), 8.95 (1H, s).
    • Synthesis 36 2-(3-Methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1, 2, 3, 5]tetrazin-8-yl)thiazole-4-carboxamide (WW-007)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00144
  • To a solution of 3-(imino(3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-8-yl)methylthio)-2-oxopropanoic acid (0.700 g; 2.5 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) under nitrogen was added isobutyl chloroformate (0.50 mL; 3.8 mmol), followed by triethylamine (0.53 mL; 3.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and then ammonia solution (0.5 M in dioxane; 20 mL) was added, and stirring continued for a further 3 hours. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water (5×20 mL) and diethyl ether (2×15 mL) to yield the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.223 g; 40%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.94 (1H, s), 8.42 (1H, s), 7.74 (1H, bs), 7.59 (1H, bs), 3.89 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 37 N-Cyclopropyl-2-(3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1, 2, 3, 5]tetrazin-8-yl)thiazole-4-carboxamide (WW-008)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00145
  • To a solution of 3-(imino(3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-8-yl)methylthio)-2-oxopropanoic acid (0.500 g; 1.8 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) under nitrogen was added isobutyl chloroformate (0.47 mL; 3.6 mmol), followed by triethylamine (0.51 mL; 3.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1 hours, and then cyclopropylamine (0.206 g; 3.6 mmol) was added, and stirring continued for a further 3 hours. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water (5×20 mL) and diethyl ether (2×15 mL) to yield the title compound as a pale yellow solid (0.278 g; 49%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.94 (1H, s), 8.41 (1H, s), 8.22 (1H, d, J=4.3), 3.89 (3H, s), 2.88 (1H, m), 0.66-0.76 (4H, m).
    • Synthesis 38 2-(3-Methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-8-yl)thiazole-4-carbonitrile (WW-006)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00146
  • 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide: To trimethylsilylcyanide (0.744 g; 7.5 mmol) was added 2-bromoacetyl bromide (1.010 g; 5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 hours, and then heated to 70° for 3 hours. Unreacted starting materials were removed under reduced pressure at 120° C. The crude mixture was used without further purification.
  • To 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (0.100 g; 0.48 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 mL) was added 2-bromoacetyl cyanide (0.070 g; 0.48 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 8 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified using column chromatography (5:1 DCM:CH3CN) to give the title compound as a pale yellow powder (0.070 mg; 57%). δH (DMSO-d6) 3.90 (3H, s), 8.98 (1H, s), 9.02 (1H, s).
    • (V) Preparation of C8-Thiazoles N3-Sulfides/Sulfoxides
  • A mixture of the appropriate α-bromoketone (1 eq.) and 3-(methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide in acetonitrile (˜1 mU0.1 mmol) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The crude product was absorbed on silica and was purified by flash chromatography using a gradient elution from DCM:hexane (50:50) to DCM:MeOH (95:5) to give the target compounds in 62-86% yield.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00147
  • An aqueous solution of Oxone™ (2.2 eq.) was added dropwise to a solution of the appropriate sulfide in DMF (4 mU100 mg) and the reaction was monitored by TLC (reaction time: 5 to 20 hours). The resulting suspension was poured into ice and the precipitate was filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether. The crude product was analysed by NMR to detect any remaining starting material. If required, the crude product was suspended in DMF and an aqueous solution of Oxone™ (0.5 eq.) was added. The product was worked-up as above and the process was repeated until a suitable conversion'(>95%) was obtained (37-67% yield).
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00148
    • Synthesis 39 3-(Methylthiomethyl)-8-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-030)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00149
  • Using the general method, the title compound was obtained. δH (DMSO d6): 8.96 (1H, s), 8.34 (1H, s), 8.10-8.08 (2H, m), 7.53-7.49 (2H, m), 7.39-7.43 (1H, m), 5.45 (2H, s), 2.29 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 40 3-(methylthiomethyl)-8-(4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-1/1)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-035)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00150
  • Using the general method, the title compound was obtained. δH (DMSO d6): 8.95 (1H, s), 8.16 (1H, s), 8.03 (1H, dd, J=2.8, 1.3), 7.70 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 1.3), 7.68 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 2.8), 5.45 (2H, s), 2.29 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 41 3-(methylthiomethyl)-8-(4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-034)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00151
  • Using the general method, the title compound was obtained. δH (DMSO d6): 8.95 (1H, s), 8.17 (1H, s), 7.68 (1H, dd, J=3.6, 1.2), 7.60 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 1.2), 7.17 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 3.6), 5.44 (2H, s), 2.29 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 42 3-(methylsulfinylmethyl)-8-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-031)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00152
  • Using the general method, the title compound was obtained. δH (DMSO d6): 9.06 (1H, s), 8.40 (1H, s), 8.14-8.12 (2H, m), 7.57-7.53 (2H, m), 7.47-7.45 (1H, m), 5.65 (1H, d, J=13.2), 5.52 (1H, d, J=13.2), 2.83 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 43 3-(methylsulfinylmethyl)-8-(4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-033)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00153
  • Using the general method, the title compound was obtained. δH (DMSO d6): 9.01 (1H, s), 8.18 (1H, s), 8.03 (1H, dd, J=2.8, 1.3), 7.70 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 1.3), 7.68 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 2.8), 5.61 (1H, d, J=13.2), 5.48 (1H, dd, J=13.2), 2.79 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 44 3-(methylsulfinylmethyl)-8-(4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-036)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00154
  • Using the general method, the title compound was obtained. δH (DMSO d6): 9.00 (1H, s), 8.18 (1H, s), 7.67 (1H, dd, J=3.6, 1.2), 7.59 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 1.2), 7.16 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 3.6), 5.59 (1H, d, J=13.2), 5.46 (1H, d, J=13.2), 2.78 (3H, s).
    • (VI) Preparation of C8-Oxazoles
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00155
    • Synthesis 45 3-Methyl-4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00156
  • To 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbonyl chloride (0.620 g; 2.90 mmol) and 2-aminoacetophenone hydrochloride (0.500 g; 2.90 mmol) was added DMF (6 mL) and pyridine (1.2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature, and then poured onto water. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried in the vacuum oven, and used without further purification. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.89 (1H, s), 8.68 (1H, t, J=5.6), 8.06 (2H, dd, J=8.3, 1.2), (1H, tt, J=7.4, 1.8), 7.58 (2H, m), 4.86 (1H, d, J=5.6), 3.89 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 46 N-(2-(4-Bromophenyl)-2-oxoethyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroi midazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00157
  • To a solution of the appropriate carboxylic acid (1 eq.) in DMF (2 mUmmol) was added HBTU (1.05 eq.) and the mixture stirred for 20 minutes. The appropriate amine hydrochloride (1.1 eq.) was added, followed by DIPEA (4 eq.). The mixture was stirred for 2 hours, and then poured onto ice, and the precipitate purified by column chromatography (CHCl3:CH3CN 7:3) to give the title compound as a yellow powder (yield 56%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.94 (1H, s), 8.74 (1H, t, J=5.6), 8.00 (2H, d, J=8.6), 7.79 (2H, d, J=8.6), 5.63 (2H, s), 4.84 (2H, d, J=5.6), 3.43 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 47 4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00158
  • To a solution of the appropriate carboxylic acid (1 eq.) in DMF (2 mUmmol) was added HBTU (1.05 eq.) and the mixture stirred for 20 minutes. The appropriate amine hydrochloride (1.1 eq.) was added, followed by DIPEA (4 eq.). The mixture was stirred for 2 hours, and then poured onto ice, and the precipitate purified by column chromatography (CHCl3:MeOH 19:1) to give the title compound as a white solid (yield 64%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.93 (1H, s), 8.71 (1H, t, J=5.5), 8.04-8.02 (2H, m), 7.72-7.68 (1H, m), 7.60-7.56 (2H, m).
    • Synthesis 48 3-Methyl-8-(4-phenyloxazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-037)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00159
  • Temozolomide (0.200 g; 1.03 mmol) and 2-bromoacetophenone (0.246 g; 1.24 mmol) were stirred in a sealed tube under nitrogen, and heated to 130° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled, and then concentrated in vacuo before being applied directly to the head of a chromatography column (SiO2) and purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH, 5:1), to give the title compound as a yellow powder (0.003 g; 1%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.97 (1H, s), 8.88 (1H, s), 7.91 (2H, t, J=7.4), 7.50 (2H, t, J=7.4), 7.39 (1H, t, J=7.4), 3.90 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 49 3-Methyl-8-(5-phenyloxazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-038)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00160
  • 3-Methyl-4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (0.180 g; 0.58 mmol) was added to phosphorus oxychloride (3.6 mL) and the stirred mixture heated at 110° C. for 1.5 hours. The mixture was cooled and poured onto ice, and allowed to stand for 3 hour. The solid was filtered and extracted with chloroform on Soxhlet apparatus. Concentration under reduced pressure yielded pure title compound as a bright yellow powder (55 mg; 32%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.94 (1H, s), 7.99 (1H, s), 7.85 (2H, m), 7.55 (2H, m), 7.44 (1H, tt, J=7.8, 1.1), 3.90 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 50 8-(5-(4-Bromophenyl)oxazol-2-yl)-3-(methoxymethypimidazo[5,1-d][1, 2, 3, 5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-039)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00161
  • Nitrogen gas was bubbled through N-(2-(4-bromophenyl)-2-oxoethyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (0.252 g; 0.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) and Burgess reagent (0.285 g; 1.2 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 60° C. under microwave irradiation for 10 minutes, then the reaction analysed by LC/MS, which indicated some product had formed. Further batches of Burgess reagent were added, and microwave irradiation repeated, until all the starting material had been consumed—a total of 6 mmol Burgess reagent used. The product was purified by column chromatography (CHCl3:MeOH 98:2) followed by a second column (Hexane:EtOAc 2:1→1:1), to give the title compound as a pale yellow powder (36 mg; 15%). δH (DMSO-d6) 3.60 (3H, s), 5.78 (2H, s), 7.63 (2H, d, J=8.7), 7.67 (1H, s), 7.72 (2H, d, J=8.7), 8.59 (1H, s).
    • Synthesis 51 8-(5-Phenyloxazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynypimidazo[5,1-d][1, 2, 3, 5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-040)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00162
  • Nitrogen gas was bubbled through 4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (0.067 g; 0.2 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1.5 mL) and Burgess reagent (0.190 g; 0.8 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 60° C. under microwave irradiation for 10 minutes, then the reaction analysed by LC/MS, which indicated that the reaction was incomplete. Further Burgess reagent (0.190 g; 0.8 mmol) was adding, and the mixture again heated at 60° C. under microwave irradiation for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled, filtered, and washed with tetrahydrofuran, and purified by column chromatography (Hexane:ethyl acetate 1:1) to give the title compound as a bright yellow powder (0.005 g; 8%). δH (CDCl3), 8.58 (1H, s), (2H, d, J=8.3, 1.2), 7.66 (1H, s), 7.39-7.43 (1H, m), 5.20 (2H, d, J=2.5), 2.49 (1H, t, J=2.5).
    • (VII) Preparation of C8-Oxadiazoles
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00163
    • Synthesis 52 3-Methyl-8-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-041)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00164
  • 3-Methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (0.26 mmol), EDCI (0.26 mmol) and benzoyl hydrazide (0.26 mmol) were stirred in MeCN (1.5 mL) for 36 hours. The yellow precipitate which formed was filtered, washed with diethyl ether and dried to give N′-benzoyl-3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbohydrazide (72%). δH (DMSO-d6): 10.54 (1H, s), 10.42 (1H, s), 8.91 (1H, s), 7.93 (2H, dd, J=5.2 & 7.2), 7.59 (3H, m), 3.89 (3H, s).
  • N′-Benzoyl-3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbohydrazide (0.03 mmol), carbon tetrabromide (0.06 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.06 mmol) were stirred in DCM (0.5 mL) for 3 hours. The crude reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography, eluting with 10% MeCN/DCM, to give the title compound. δH (DMSO-d6) 9.06 (1H, s), 8.11 (2H, m), 7.67 (3H, m), 3.93 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 53 8-(5-Phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-042)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00165
  • 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (0.23 mmol), EDCI (0.23 mmol) and benzoyl hydrazide (0.23 mmol) were stirred in MeCN (1.5 mL) at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction was then poured into ice-water, filtered and dried to give N′-benzoyl-4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbohydrazide (74%). δH (DMSO-d6): 10.49 (2H, bs), 8.95 (1H, s), 7.93 (2H, dd, J=6.8, 5.2), 7.60 (3H, m), 5.16 (2H, d, J=2.4), 3.34 (1H, t, J=2.4).
  • N′-Benzoyl-4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbohydrazide (0.15 mmol) and Burgess reagent (0.30 mmol) were heated under microwave irradiation in THF (1 mL) at 60° C. for 2 minutes (Max Power 100 W). The precipitate was filtered and washed with DCM to give the title compound. δH (DMSO-d6) 9.10 (1H, s), 8.13 (2H, m), 7.70 (3H, m), 5.20 (2H, d, J=2.8), 3.57 (1H, t, J=2.8).
    • Synthesis 54 3-(Methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00166
  • To a solution of 3-(methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (12.43 mmol, 3 g, 1 eq.) in TFA (12 mL) was added sodium nitrite (43.5 mmol, 3 g, 3.5 eq.) dissolved in water (6 mL) portion-wise keeping exothermic effervescence under control and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for over 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice and it was gently stirred until the ice melted. The resulted suspension was filtered, washed with water and ether and dried under vacuum to give the title compound. Yield=61%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.85 (1H, s), 5.44 (2H, s), 2.25 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 55 N′-Benzoyl-3-(methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbohydrazide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00167
  • 3-(Methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (0.73 mmol, 175 mg, 1 eq.), 1-ethyl-3-(3′-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDCI) (0.76 mmol, 146 mg, 1.05 eq.) and benzohydrazide (0.76 mmol, 104 mg, 1.05 eq.) were placed in a round bottom flask and dissolved in acetonitrile (3 mL). A suspension developed 1 minute after starting room temperature stirring and it was stirred for further 90 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered and the obtained solid washed with water, acetonitrile and ether, and dried under vacuum. The filtrate was poured into ice/water and the filtration, washing and drying steps were repeated. Yield 65%. δH (DMSO-d6) 10.35 (1H, bs), 10.28 (1H, bs), 8.75 (1H, bs), 7.74 (2H, m), 7.37 (3H, m), 5.25 (2H, bs), 2.07 (3H, bs).
    • Synthesis 56 3-(Methylthiomethyl)-8-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00168
  • N′-benzoyl-3-(methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbohydrazide (0.47 mmol, 170 mg, 1 eq.) and 1-methoxy-N-triethylammoniosulfonyl-methanimidate (Burgess Reagent) (1.61 mmol, 383 mg, 3.4 eq.) were dissolved in THF (8 mL). Microwave energy was applied to the solution for 5 minutes, keeping reaction temperature at 60° C. The reaction mixture was poured into ice/water and the formed solid was filtered and washed with water, acetonitrile and ether, and dried under vacuum to give the title compound. Yield 71%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.90 (1H, bs), 7.92 (2H, bs), 7.49 (3H, bs), 5.29 (2H, bs), 2.09 (3H, bs).
    • Synthesis 57 3-(Methylsulfinylmethyl)-8-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-043)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00169
  • To a 0° C. solution of 3-(methylthiomethyl)-8-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (0.337 mmol, 115 mg, 1 eq.) in DMF (6 mL) was added potassium peroxymonosulfate (Oxone™) (0.37 mmol, 114 mg, 1.1 eq.) dissolved in water (1.2 mL) drop wise. The formed suspension was stirred at 0° C. and stepwise additions of Oxone™ in water were made until reaction completion. The reaction mixture was filtered and the obtained solid was washed with water, acetonitrile and ether, and dried under vacuum to give the title compound. Yield 90%. δH (DMSO-d6) 9.15 (1H, s), 8.13 (2H, dd, J: 7.96, 2.25), 7.70 (3H, m), 5.67 (1H, d, J: 13.06), 5.52 (1H, d, J: 13.06), 2.81 (3H, s).
    • (VIII) Preparation of C8-Imidazoles
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00170
    • Synthesis 58 Methyl 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbimidothioate hydroiodide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00171
  • A solution of 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (2.75 g, 13.1 mmol) and methyl iodide (8.2 mL, 131 mmol) in acetonitrile (900 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the solid was suspended in diethyl ether. The precipitate was filtered and washed with diethyl ether to give the pure title compound as an orange solid (4.03 g, 88% yield). δH (DMSO-d6): 11.6 (1H, bs), 9.18 (1H, s) 3.94 (3H, s), 2.82 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 59 Methyl-4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbimidothioate hydroiodide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00172
  • 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (0.323 g; 0.86 mmol) was dissolved in dry MeCN (1 mL) and iodomethane (1.220 g; 8.6 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • A yellow precipitate was filtered, washed with diethyl ether and dried to give the title compound (90%). δH (DMSO-d6): 9.23 (1H, s), 5.24 (2H, d, J=2.6), 3.61 (1H, t, J=2.6), 2.87 (3H, s).
  • C8-Substituted Amidines: Triethylamine (1.1 eq.) was added to a suspension of the appropriate aminoketone hydrochloride in acetonitrile (4 mL/100 mg of S-methylthioimidate hydroiodide) and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes (10 minutes in the case of aminoacetophenone) at room temperature before the addition of the appropriate 8-substituted S-methylthioimidate hydroiodide derivative. The mixture was stirred for the reaction time specified for each compound and the precipitate, which formed during the reaction, was filtered, washed successively with cold water, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give the 8-substituted amidine hydroiodide derivative as an off-white solid. The product was used crude for the next step. (The NMR spectra of the crude amidines showed that these were obtained as a mixture with the 8-subsitituted imidazole hydroiodides.)
    • Synthesis 60 3-Methyl-4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboximidamide hydroiodide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00173
  • Using the general procedure, the title compound was synthesized from methyl 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbimidothioate hydroiodide and aminoacetophenone, using a reaction time for the amidine formation of 3.5 hours. Yield 34%. δH (DMSO-d6): 9.69 (2H, m), 9.51 (1H, bs), 9.22 (1H, s), 8.07-8.05 (2H, m), 7.78-7.73 (1H, m), 7.65-7.61 (2H, m), 5.24 (2H, d, J=6.0), 4.06 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 61 3-Methyl-4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-(thiophen-2-yl)ethyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboximidamide hydroiodide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00174
  • Using the general procedure, the title compound was synthesized from methyl 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbimidothioate hydroiodide and 2-amino-1-(thiophen-2-yl)ethanone hydrochloride, using a reaction time of 16 hours for the amidine formation. Yield 66%. δH (DMSO-d6): 9.76-9.73 (1H, m), 9.69 (1H, s), 9.49 (1H, bs), 9.22 (1H, s), 8.16 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 1.1), 8.12 (1H, dd, J=3.8, 1.1), 7.37 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 3.8), 5.17 (2H, d, J=6.3), 4.06 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 62 4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboximidamide hydroiodide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00175
  • Using the general procedure, the title compound was synthesized from methyl 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbimidothioate hydroiodide and aminoacetophenone hydrochloride, using a reaction time of 5 hours and 30 minutes for the amidine formation. Yield 29%. δH (DMSO-d6): 9.74 (2H, m), 9.54 (1H, bs), 9.25 (1H, s), 8.07-8.05 (2H, m), 7.78-7.73 (1H, m), 7.65-7.61 (2H, m), 5.27-5.24 (4H, m), 3.62 (1H, t, J=2.5).
    • Synthesis 63 3-Methyl-8-(4-phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-049)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00176
  • A mixture of crude 3-methyl-4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboximidamide hydroiodide (250 mg) in 3N HCl (17 mL) was heated at 80° C. overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, the mixture was left at 4° C. for 1 hour and the precipitate was filtered and washed successively with cold water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give a 97:3 mixture of hydrochloride and hydroiodide salt (elemental analysis) of the title compound.
  • The salt (50 mg) was dissolved in MeCN:MeOH and triethylamine (23 μL) was added and a precipitate formed almost immediately. The resulting suspension was stirred for 5 minutes and methanol was added. The precipitate was filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give pure title compound as a bright yellow solid (26 mg, 50%). δH (DMSO-d6): 12.9 (1H, bs), 8.89 (1H, s), 7.92-7.89 (2H, m), 7.80 (1H, bs), 7.40 (2H, t, J=7.6), 7.24 (1H, t, J=7.2), 3.86 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 64 3-Methyl-8-(4-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-048)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00177
  • A mixture of crude 3-methyl-4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-(thiophen-2-yl)ethyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboximidamide hydroiodide (40 mg) in 3N HCl (3 mL) was heated at 80° C. overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, the mixture was left at 4° C. for 2 hours and the precipitate was filtered and washed successively with cold water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give the a mixture of the hydrochloride and hydroiodide salts of the title compound (24 mg).
  • The salt (24 mg) was dissolved in MeCN:MeOH and triethylamine (10 μL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 5-10 minutes and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting solid was suspended in ethyl acetate and the product was filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give pure title compound as a bright yellow solid (10 mg, 49%). δH (DMSO-d6): 12.9 (1H, bs), 8.89 (1H, s), 7.67 (1H, bs), 7.44-7.39 (2H, m), 7.08 (1H, dd, J=4.7, 3.9), 3.86 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 65 8-(4-Phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-050)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00178
  • A mixture of crude 4-oxo-N-(2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboximidamide hydroiodide (45 mg) in 3N HCl (4 mL) was heated at 80° C. overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, the mixture was left at 4° C. for 2 hours and the precipitate was filtered and washed successively with cold water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give a mixture of the hydrochloride and hydroiodide salts of the title compound.
  • The product was dissolved in MeCN:MeOH and triethylamine (30 μL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting solid was suspended in ethyl acetate and the product was filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give pure title compound as a bright yellow solid (18 mg, 34%). δH (DMSO-d6): 12.9 (1H, bs), 8.93 (1H, s), 7.90-7.88 (2H, m), 7.82 (1H, d, J=2.3), 7.43-7.36 (2H, m), 7.21-7.25 (1H, m), 5.11 (2H, d, J=2.5), 3.51 (1H, d, J=2.5). (The NMR spectrum showed that the product contained ˜15% of the regioisomer.)
    • Synthesis 66 N-(2,2-Dimethoxyethyl)-3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboximidamide hydroidide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00179
  • Aminoacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal (68 μL, 0.624 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbimidothioate hydroiodide (200 mg, 0.568 mmol) in acetonitrile (8 mL) and the mixture was stirred overnight. The precipitate, which formed during the reaction, was filtered and washed successively with water, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give the title product as a bright yellow solid (92 mg, 58%). δH (DMSO-d6): 9.50 (3H, bs), 9.17 (1H, s), 4.69-4.71 (1H, t, J=5.3), 3.95 (3H, s), 3.70-3.72 (2H, d, J=5.3), 3.37 (6H, s).
  • (In some cases, concentration of the filtrate, suspension of the resulting solid in ether and filtration of the product could give the amidine in suitable purity to be used, without further manipulation, for the next step.)
    • Synthesis 67 8-(1H-Imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-047)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00180
  • A solution of N-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboximidamide hydroiodide (60 mg; 0.147 mmol) in 3N HCl (4.5 mL) was stirred at 80° C. overnight and was then allowed to cool to room temperature. The solution was concentrated under high vacuum and the residue was dissolved in MeCN:MeOH. Triethylamine (1.2 eq.) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. The mixture was absorbed on silica and the product was purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (90:10) as eluent to give a yellow/green solid (22 mg). The NMR spectrum of the product showed contamination with triethylamine hydrochloride, so the product was suspended in diethyl ether, filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give the pure title product as a yellow/green solid (16 mg, 39%). δH (DMSO-d6): 12.8 (1H, bs), 8.86 (1H, s), 7.22 (1H, s), 3.85 (3H, s).
    • (IX) Preparation of C8-Alkylated Imidazoles
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00181
    • Synthesis 68 3-Methyl-8-(1-methyl-4-phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-051)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00182
  • Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 19 mg, 0.467 mmol) was added in portions to a solution of 8-(4-phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one hydrochloride (70 mg) in DMF (3 mL) and the mixture was sonicated several times until hydrogen evolution ceased. Methyl iodide (66 μL, 1.065 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting solution was poured into ice and was then left at 4° C. for 5 hours. The precipitate was filtered and washed successively with water and diethyl ether. 10 mg of crude product obtained from a previous experiment was combined, and the crude mixture was absorbed on silica. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (95:5) as eluent to give the title compound as a bright yellow solid (25 mg, 23%). The NMR spectrum of the product showed that it contained ˜5/6% of either starting material or the regioisomer of the product. δH (DMSO-d6): 8.92 (1H, s), 7.89 (1H, s), 7.89-7.92 (2H, m), 7.38-7.42 (2H, m), 7.22-7.26 (1H, m), 3.98 (3H, s), 3.87 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 69 8-(1-Methyl-4-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-053)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00183
  • 3-(Prop-2-ynyl)-8-(5-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (0.15 mmol) was dissolved in dry DMF (1 mL) and cooled in ice under a nitrogen atmosphere. A 60% suspension of sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.17 mmol) was added in one portion and the reaction stirred on ice for 10 minutes. Methyl iodide (0.30 mmol) was then added dropwise to the reaction and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Solvent was then removed under vacuum and product isolated by preparative thin layer chromatography eluting with 2.5% MeOH/DCM. Yield 90%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.97 (1H, s), 7.78 (1H, s), 7.40 (1H, dd, J=5.2, 1.2), 7.33 (1H, dd, J=3.6, 1.2), 7.08 (1H, m), 5.13 (2H, d, J=2.4), 3.96 (3H, s), 3.52 (1H, t, J=2.4).
    • Synthesis 70 8-(1-Methyl-4-phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-052)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00184
  • 8-(4-Phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (1.07 mmol) was dissolved in dry DMF (35 mL) and cooled in ice under a nitrogen atmosphere. A 60% suspension of sodium hydride in mineral oil (1.18 mmol) was added in one portion and the reaction stirred on ice for 10 minutes. Methyl iodide (2.14 mmol) was then added dropwise to the reaction and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The mixture was poured onto ice water (140 mL) and the precipitate was filtered, washed with water, ethyl acetate, and diethyl ether, and purified by column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate 4:3) to give the title compound (0.030 g; 89%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.97 (1H, s), 7.90 (1H, s), 7.83 (2H, d, J=7.2), 7.40 (2H, t, J=7.6), 7.25 (1H, t, J=7.2), 5.13 (2H, d, J=2.0), 3.99 (3H, s), 3.52 (1H, J=2.0).
    • (X) Preparation of C8-Imidamides
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00185
    • Synthesis 71 Methyl-2-(4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboximidamido)acetate hydroiodide (SS-001)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00186
  • Glycine methyl ester (0.14 mmol) was suspended in dry MeCN (1 mL). Triethylamine (0.14 mmol) was added and the solution stirred for 10 minutes. Methyl 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbimidothioate hydroiodide (0.13 mmol) was then added and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was then filtered and washed with MeCN and ether. δH (DMSO-d6) 9.70 (2H, bs), 9.22 (1H, s), 5.76 (1H, s), 5.24 (2H, d, J=2.4), 4.45 (2H, s), 3.74 (3H, s), 3.60 (1H, t, J=2.4).
    • (XI) Preparation of C8-Benzoxazoles
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00187
    • Synthesis 72 8-(Benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-054)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00188
  • Isobutyl chloroformate (350 mL, 2.69 mmol, 1.05 eq.) followed by triethylamine (375 mL, 2.69 mmol, 1.05 eq.) were added to a solution of 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (500 mg, 2.56 mmol) in THF (150 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The precipitate of triethylamine hydrochloride, which formed during the reaction, was removed by filtration, and 2-aminophenol (294 mg, 2.69 mmol, 1.05 eq.) was added to the filtrate. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen overnight. The precipitate, which formed overnight, was filtered and the solid was washed successively with ethyl acetate and diethyl ether.
  • The crude product was suspended in ethyl acetate and the resulting suspension was filtered. The solid was washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give 415 mg of N-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide as a bright yellow solid (57% yield). The product was used without further purification for the next step. δH (DMSO d6): 10.3 (1H, s), 9.79 (1H, s), 8.93 (1H, s), 8.33 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.2), 6.94-7.00 (2H, m), 6.86 (1H, ddd, J=8.0, 6.5, 2.0), 3.91 (3H, s).
  • Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.688 mL, 3.49 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of the crude N-hydroxyphenyl carboxamide (200 mg, 0.70 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (916 mg, 3.49 mmol) in THF (8 mL) at room temperature. The mixture, which became a solution and then a thick suspension, was stirred overnight. The mixture was diluted with a small amount of THF and the precipitate was filtered and washed with THF and diethyl ether to give 470 mg of the crude title compound as a bright yellow green solid. 235 mg of the crude product was absorbed on silica and the product was purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (98:2) as eluent to give 65 mg of the pure title compound as a bright yellow/green solid (69% yield). δH (DMSO d6): 9.01 (1H, s), 7.87-7.91 (2H, m), 7.48 (2H, m), 3.91 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 73 8-(Benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-3-(methylsulfinylmethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-056)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00189
  • Isobutyl chloroformate (141 μL, 1.09 mmol) followed by triethylamine (152 μL, 1.09 mmol) were added to a solution of 3-(methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (250 mg, 1.04 mmol) in THF (60 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The precipitate of triethylamine hydrochloride, which formed during the reaction, was removed by filtration, and 2-aminophenol (119 mg, 1.09 mmol) was added to the filtrate. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for three days and was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using a gradient elution of DCM:MeOH (97:3 to 90:10) to give 167 mg of N-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide as a yellow/green solid (49% yield). The product was contaminated with around 10% of an uncharacterized impurity and was used without further purification. δH (DMSO d6): 10.3 (1H, s), 9.80 (1H, s), 8.96 (1H, s), 8.33 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.2), 6.95-6.99 (2H, m), 6.85-6.89 (1H, ddd, J=8.0, 6.5, 2.2), 5.47 (1H, s), 2.26 (3H, s).
  • Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (206 μL, 1.09 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of the crude N-hydroxyphenyl-carboxamide (165 mg, 0.50 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (286 mg, 1.09 mmol) in THF (6 mL) at room temperature. The mixture became homogeneous and was stirred overnight. The precipitate, which formed overnight, was filtered and washed with diethyl ether. The filtrate, which contained mainly 8-(benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-3-(methylthiomethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1, 2, 3, 5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one, was combined with the precipitate for purification by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (98:2) as eluent to give 50 mg of 8-(benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-3-(methylthiomethypimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one as a bright yellow/green solid. δH (DMSO d6): 9.05 (1H, s), 7.88-7.93 (2H, m), 7.46-7.54 (2H, m), 5.48 (2H, s), 2.29 (3H, s). The NMR spectrum also showed that the product contained 5-10% of triphenylphosphine oxide. The product was used without further purification for the next step.
  • An aqueous solution (250 μL) of Oxone™ (54 mg, 0.195 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 8-(benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-3-(methylthiomethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (25 mg, 0.0795 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and the resulting suspension was stirred overnight. The mixture was poured into ice (10 g) and the precipitate was filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give 19 mg of the title compound as a bright yellow solid (73% yield). δH (DMSO d6): 9.12 (1H, s), 7.89-7.94 (2H, m), 7.47-7.55 (2H, m), 5.66 (1H, d, J=13.2), 5.53 (1H, d, J=13.2), 2.80 (3H, s). LCMS: 97% pure at 4.63 min., m/z (ES+): 331.1 (MH+).
    • Synthesis 74 8-(Benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-055)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00190
  • Isobutyl chloroformate (156 μL, 1.20 mmol) followed by triethylamine (167 μL, 1.20 mmol) were added to a solution of 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (250 mg, 1.14 mmol) in THF (100 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The precipitate of triethylamine hydrochloride, which formed during the reaction, was removed by filtration, and 2-aminophenol (131 mg, 1.20 mmol) was added to the filtrate. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for three days and was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (98:2) as eluent to give 156 mg of N-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide as a yellow solid (44% yield). δH (DMSO d6) 10.3 (1H, s), 9.79 (1H, s), 8.97 (1H, s), 8.33 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.3), 6.95-6.99 (2H, m), 6.85-6.89 (1H, ddd, J=8.0, 6.5, 2.0), 5.18 (1H, d, J=2.5), 3.55 (1H, t, J=2.5).
  • Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (98 μL, 0.518 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of the crude N-hydroxyphenylcarboxamide (74 mg, 0.238 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (136 mg, 0.518 mmol, 2.2) in THF (3 mL) at room temperature. The mixture became homogeneous and was stirred overnight. The precipitate, which formed overnight, was filtered and washed with a small amount of DCM to give 39 mg of crude product. 19 mg of crude mixture obtained from a previous synthesis was combined for purification by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (98:2) as eluent to give 34 mg of the title compound as a bright yellow/green solid (29% yield). δH (DMSO d6) 9.06 (1H, s, CH), 7.88-7.93 (2H, m), 7.48-7.52 (2H, m), 5.19 (2H, d, J=2.5), 3.56 (1H, t, J=2.5).
    • Synthesis 75 8-(Benzo[d]oxazole-2-carbonyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-057)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00191
  • To 3-(methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (0.256 g; 1.14 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) was added HBTU (0.454 g; 1.20 mmol), and the mixture stirred for 20 minutes. 2-Aminophenol (0.187 g; 1.71 mmol) was added, followed immediately by DIPEA (400 μL). The mixture was stirred for 6 hours, then poured onto ice. Once the ice had melted, the orange/brown solid was filtered, and used without further purification. δH (DMSO d6): 10.36 (1H, s), 9.80 (1H, s), 8.98 (1H, s), 8.34 (1H, m), 6.96-7.01 (2H, m), 6.85-6.89 (1H, m), 5.65 (2H, s), 3.44 (3H, s).
  • To a suspension of the N-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (0.102 g; 0.322 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.184 mg; 0.700 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (132 μL; 0.700 mmol). The suspension immediately disappeared and the reaction mixture turned red. After stirring for a short time, a precipitate reappeared. Stirring continued overnight. The solid was filtered, and washed with DCM to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.037 mg; 39%).
    • (XII) Preparation of C8-Benzothiazoles
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00192
    • Synthesis 76 8-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-058)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00193
  • A. A mixture of 3-methyl-4-oxo-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (430 mg, 1.59 mmol), phosphorus pentasulfide (212 mg, 0.48 mmol) and hexamethyldisiloxane (680 μL, 3.18 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was refluxed overnight. The crude product was absorbed on silica and was purified by flash chromatography using a gradient elution of DCM:MeOH (100:0 to 98:2) to give 372 mg of 3-methyl-4-oxo-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide as a 1.5:1 inseparable mixture with the starting material.
  • B. Dess Martin periodinane (202 mg, 0.477 mmol) was added in small portions to a solution of 3-methyl-4-oxo-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbothioamide (300 mg (as 3:2 mixture with carboxamide), 0.434 mmol) in chloroform (60 mL) and the reaction was monitored by thin layer chromatography. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and 20 mg of Dess Martin periodinane was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and the crude product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (98:2) as eluent to give the pure title compound as a bright yellow solid (12 mg, 10%). δH (DMSO d6): 8.96 (1H, s), 8.20 (1H, d, J=8.0), 8.15 (1H, d, J=8.0), 7.58 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.3), 7.50 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.2), 3.90 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 77 8-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1, 2, 3, 5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-059)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00194
  • Isobutyl chloroformate (187 μL, 1.43 mmol) followed by triethylamine (200 μL, 1.43 mmol) were added to a solution of 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (300 mg, 1.37 mmol) in THF (100 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 75 minutes at room temperature. The precipitate of triethylamine hydrochloride, which formed during the reaction, was filtered, and 2-aminothiophenol (153 μL, 1.43 mmol) was added to the filtrate. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen overnight and the suspension was filtered. The precipitate was characterised as triethylamine hydrochloride. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was suspended in diethyl ether. The precipitate was filtered and washed successively with water and ethyl acetate. The product was soluble in ethyl acetate so the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was suspended in diethyl ether and filtered to give crude N-(2-mercaptophenyl)-4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (254 mg). The NMR spectrum of the crude product showed that a complex mixture containing the N-mercaptophenyl carboxamide, the title compound and other uncharacterized impurities, was obtained. Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (127 μL, 0.674 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of the mixture (100 mg) and triphenylphosphine (178 mg, 0.674 mmol) in THF (4 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred overnight and was diluted in dichloromethane and methanol. The crude product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (98:2) as eluent to give 44 mg of a sticky solid. The solid was suspended in diethyl ether. The precipitate was filtered and washed with diethyl ether to give the pure title compound as a bright yellow solid (12%). δH (DMSO d6): 9.02 (1H, s, CH), 8.21-8.23 (1H, ddd , J=8.0, 1.3, 0.6), 8.18-8.16 (1H, ddd , J=8.0, 1.3, 0.6), 7.63-7.55 (1H, m), 7.54-7.51 (1H, m), 5.19 (2H, d, J=2.5), 3.56 (1H, t, J=2.5).
    • Synthesis 78 8-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-3-(methoxymethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-060)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00195
  • To a mixture of polyphosphate ester (see, e.g., Yalpn et al., Eur. J. Med. Chem., 1992, Vol. 27, pp. 401-406) (1 g) and chloroform (3 mL) was added 3-(methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (225 mg; 1 mmol) and 2-aminothiophenol (107 μL; 1 mmol). The mixture was carefully heated to 70° C. for 3.5 hours, then cooled and the chloroform removed under reduced pressure. The residue was added to water (100 mL), which was extracted with ethyl acetate (×3). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude product was washed with ether/hexane, and purified by column chromatography to give a pale yellow powder (0.007 g; 3%). δH (DMSO d6): 9.03 (1H, s), 8.22 (1H, d, J=7.9), 8.17 (1H, d, J=7.9), 7.61 (1H, td, J=7.7, 1.3), 7.53 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.2), 5.65 (2H, s), 3.46 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 79 8-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-3-(methylthiomethypimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00196
  • To a solution of 3-(methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (2.07 mmol, 0.5 g, 1 eq.) in THF (166 mL) was added isobutyl chloroformate (2.18 mmol, 285 μL, 1.05 eq.) and triethylamine (2.18 mmol, 302 μL, 1.05 eq.). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 90 minutes and then 2-aminobenzenethiol (2.18 mmol, 233 μL, 1.05 eq.) was added in once and the solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture volume was reduced to dryness and the solid residue was triturated in ethyl acetate, filtered, washed with water and ether and dried under vacuum. The obtained solid was purified by absorbing into silica and loading into a column for flash chromatography, and eluted using 200:1 DCM:MeOH to give the title compound. Yield=26%. δH (DMSO-d6) 9.01 (1H, s), 8.21 (1H, m), 8.15 (1H, m), 7.60 (1H, m), 7.53 (1H, m), 5.47 (2H, s), 2.29 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 80 8-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-3-(methylsulfinylmethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-061)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00197
  • To a 0° C. solution of 8-(benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-3-(methylthiomethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (0.23 mmol, 75 mg, 1 eq.) in DMF (4.5 mL) was added slowly drop wise Oxone™ (0.25 mmol, 77 mg, 1.1 eq.) dissolved in water (0.75 mL). The formed suspension was stirred at 0° C. and stepwise additions of Oxone™ in water were made until reaction completion. The reaction mixture was filtered and the obtained solid washed with water, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate and ether, and dried under vacuum to give the title compound. Yield: 98%. δH (DMSO-d6) 9.07 (1H, s), 8.22 (1H, m), 8.16 (1H, m), 7.60 (1H, m), 7.52 (1H, m), 5.63 (1H, d, J=13.2), 5.50 (1H, d, J=13.2), 2.79 (3H, s).
    • (XIII) Preparation of C8-Benzimidazoles
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00198
    • Synthesis 81 N-(2-Aminophenyl)-3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00199
  • The title compound was synthesized following the general procedure for the synthesis of N-phenyl-8-carboxamide derivatives using phenylenediamine instead of aniline and DCM:MeOH (98:2) as eluent during the purification by flash chromatography (38% yield). δH (DMSO d6): 9.72 (1H, s), 8.94 (1H, s), 7.43-7.45 (1H, dd, J=7.8, J2=1.3), 6.96-7.00 (1H, ddd, J=7.5, 7.3, 1.6), 6.83-6.85 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.3), 6.64-6.66 (1H, m), 4.91 (2H, s), 3.90 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 82 8-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-062)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00200
  • A solution of N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (300 mg) in 3N HCl (15 mL) was heated at 90° C. overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated to dryness under high vacuum and the residue was dissolved in MeCN:MeOH. Triethylamine (170 μL) was added to the solution and the crude product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (95:5) as eluent to give 8 mg of the pure title compound as a green solid (3% yield). δH (DMSO d6): 13.0 (1H, s), 8.99 (1H, s), 7.73-7.75 (1H, d, J=7.5), 7.56-7.58 (1H, d, J=7.5), 7.23-7.27 (2H, m), 3.90 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 83 3-Methyl-8-(1-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-066)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00201
  • To a 0° C. solution of 8-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-methylimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (0.54 mmol, 0.144 grams, 1 eq.) in anhydrous DMF (2.5 mL) was added sodium hydride 60% in mineral oil (0.59 mmol, 24 mg, 1.1 eq.) portion-wise. The formed suspension was stirred at low temperature for 10 minutes and methyl iodide (1.07 mmol, 67 μL, 2 eq.) was added into it in one portion. The suspension was stirred over night at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered and the obtained solid was washed with water, acetonitrile and ethyl acetate, and dried under vacuum to give the title compound. Yield: 55%. δH (DMSO-d6) 9.02 (1H, s), 7.77 (1H, d, J: 8.09), 7.68 (1H, d, J: 8.12), 7.36 (1H, m), 7.32 (1H, m), 4.14 (3H, s), 3.90 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 84 8-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-063)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00202
  • Step A. 0-(Benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (908 mg, 2.40 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (500 mg, 2.28 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) and the mixture was stirred 20 minutes before being added slowly dropwise to a solution of phenylenediamine (370 mg, 3.42 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight and was poured into ice. The resulting precipitate was filtered and was washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give 629 mg of an orange solid. The crude product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM: MeOH (98:2) as eluent to give 344 mg (49%) of N-(2-aminophenyl)-4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide as an orange solid. δH (DMSO d6): 9.74 (1H, s), 8.98 (1H, s), 7.42-7.44 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.3), 6.96-7.00 (1H, ddd, J=8.0, 7.3, 1.6), 6.82-6.85 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.4), 6.64-6.68 (1H, m), 5.17 (2H, d, J=2.5), 4.91 (2H, s), 3.54 (1H, t, J=2.5).
  • Step B. Triflic anhydride (82 μL, 0.485 mmol) was added dropwise at 0° C. under nitrogen to a solution of triphenylphosphine oxide (135 mg, 0.485 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes. The resulting solution was then added dropwise at 0° C. under nitrogen to a stirred suspension of N-(2-aminophenyl)-4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.162 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL). The resulting dark brown mixture was stirred for 3 days and the precipitate, which formed during the reaction, was filtered. The solid was dissolved in MeCN:MeOH and triethylamine (75 μL) was added. The mixture was stirred for about 5 minutes and was then concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was suspended in ethyl acetate and the resulting suspension was filtered. The solid was washed with ethyl acetate to give the pure title compound as a bright yellow solid (22 mg, 47%). (Less triethylamine (100 μL/250 mg starting material) was used during the neutralization on larger scale preparations.) δH (DMSO d6): 13.1 (1H, s), 9.02 (1H, s), 7.73-7.75 (1H, m), 7.56-7.58 (1H, m), 7.22-7.27 (2H, m), 5.15 (2H, d, J=2.5), 3.53 (1H, t, J=2.5).
    • Synthesis 85 8-(1-Methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-065)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00203
  • Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 8 mg, 0.189 mmol, 1.1 eq.) was added in one portion to a slurry of 8-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-(prop-2-ynyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (50 mg, 0.172 mmol) in DMF (4.5 mL) at 0° C. and the mixture, which became red, was stirred for 5 minutes before the addition of MeI (21 μL, 0.344 mmol, 2 eq.). The mixture was then stirred overnight and concentrated under high vacuum. The product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeCN (80:20) as eluent to give the title compound as a bright yellow/green solid (33 mg, 62% yield). The product was then suspended in ethyl acetate, filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to remove any trace of DMF. δH (DMSO-d6): 9.07 (1H, s), 7.76-7.79 (1H, m), 7.67-7.70 (1H, m), 7.35-7.39 (1H, m), 7.29-7.33 (1H, m), 5.17 (2H, d, J=2.5), 4.14 (3H, s), 3.53-3.54 (1H, t, J=2.5).
    • Synthesis 86 8-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-(methoxymethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-064)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00204
  • To a solution of 3-(methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (512 mg; 2.28 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added HBTU (908 mg; 2.40 mmol). The solution was stirred for 20 minutes, then added dropwise over 20 minutes to a solution of phenylenediamine (370 mg; 6.84 mmol) in DMF (50 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 hours, then poured onto ice (1 kg), and allowed to stand until the ice had melted. The resulting orange solid was filtered, and purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH 98:2) to give N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide as an orange solid. (474 mg; 70%). δH (DMSO d6): 9.76 (1H, s), 8.99 (1H, s), 7.43 (1H, dd, J=7.9, 1.0), 6.99 (1H, td, J=7.6, 1.5), 6.84 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.3), 6.67 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.3), 5.64 (2H, s), 4.91 (2H, s), 3.44 (3H, s).
  • Triflic anhydride (820 μL; 4.85 mmol) was added to a solution of triphenylphosphine oxide (1.35 g; 4.85 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at 0° C. and the mixture stirred for 20 minutes, then added to a suspension of N-(2-aminophenyl)-3-(methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (0.500 g; 1.61 mmol—combined batches) in DCM (15 mL). The solution was stirred for 96 hours, and the precipitate filtered. This was the triflate salt of the desired product (550 mg). This salt was dissolved in a mixture of MeCN (19 mL) and MeOH (1 mL) and triethylamine (750 μL) added. The resulting precipitate was filtered, and washed with ethyl acetate to give the title compound as a yellow powder (269 mg; 56%). Concentration of the filtrate, and washing the residue with ethyl acetate yielded a further 48 mg of pure material. δH (DMSO d6): 13.09 (1H, s), 7.75 (1H, d, J=7.5), 7.58 (1H, d, J=7.1), 7.30-7.22 (2H, m), 5.64 (2H, s), 3.45 (3H, s).
    • (XIV) Preparation of C8-Amino Oxadiazoles
  • The appropriate carboxylic acid (1.03 mmol), thiosemicarbazide (1.03 mmol), and EDCI (0.592 g, 3.09 mmol) were stirred in DCM (30 mL) at room temperature for 48-144 hours. The mixture was filtered, and the resulting ‘gum’ was re-dissolved in MeOH, sonicated and concentrated in vacuo to yield an orange/yellow material. The ‘gum’ was adsorbed onto silica and purified by flash chromatography to yield the target amino-oxadiazole.
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00205
    • Synthesis 87 3-Methyl-8-(5-(methylamino)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-045)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00206
  • Using the general procedure, the title compound was prepared and then purified by flash chromatography (DCM→DCM: MeOH, 10:3) to yield a yellow solid (0.027 g; %). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.90 (1H, s), 7.91 (1H, q, J=10), 3.85 (3H, s) and 2.89 (3H, d, J=5).
    • Synthesis 88 3-Methyl-8-(5-(phenylamino)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-044)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00207
  • Using the general procedure, the title compound was prepared and then purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, gradient elution, DCM (100%) to DCM: MeOH, 10:1) to yield a yellow solid (0.050 g, 0.161 mmol, 16%). δH (DMSO-d6) 10.90 (1H, s), 8.96 (1H, s), 7.66 (2H, d, J=8.0), 7.39 (2H, t, J=7.2), 7.05 (1H, t, J=7.2), 3.82 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 89 8-(5-(Benzylamino)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-3-(methoxymethyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (WW-046)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00208
  • Using the general procedure, the title compound was prepared and then purified by flash chromatography (DCM) to yield a pale green solid. Yield 20%. δH (DMSO-d6) 8.97 (1H, s), 8.64 (1H, t, J=6.8), 7.42-7.34 (4H, m), 7.30-7.28 (1H, m), 5.61 (1H, s), 4.50 (2H, d, J=4), 3.43 (3H, s).
    • (XV) Preparation of C8-Alkenes
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00209
    • Synthesis 90 (E)-4-(2-(5-Nitro-1H-imidazol-4-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00210
  • 4-Cyanobenzaldehyde (75 g, 0.57 mol) was heated to 110° C. Once melted, 4-methyl-5-nitroimidazole (15 g, 0.12 mol) and piperidine (5 g, 0.06 mol) were added and heating continued for a further 24 hours. DMF (15 mL) and IPA (150 mL) were then added and the precipitate filtered from solution and washed with IPA (50 mL) to leave the product as a yellow solid (13.8 g, 49%). mp>300° C. δH (DMSO-d6) 7.95 (1H, s), 7.88 (2H, d, J=6.8), 7.78 (2H, d, J=6.8), 7.78 (1H, d, J=16.8), 7.50 (1H, d, J=16.8); IR (cm−1) 2239 (C≡N), 1502, 1348 (NO2); MS (m/z) 241.1 (C12H9N4O2 (M+1)).
    • Synthesis 91 (E)-4-(2-(5-Amino-1H-imidazol-4-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00211
  • 5% Palladium on carbon (0.5 g) was added to a solution of (E)-4-(2-(5-nitro-1H-imidazol-4-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile (10 g, 0.04 mol) in methanol (500 mL) and the resulting mixture hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 24 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtering through a short bed of Celite™, and the Celite™ washed with 10% MeOH/DCM (200 mL). The filtrate was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to leave the product as a yellow/brown solid (6 g, 69%). δH (DMSO-d6) 11.76 (1H, bs, NH), 7.70 (2H, d, J=8.4), 7.50 (2H, d, J=8.4), 7.44 (1H, d, J=16.0), 7.36 (1H, s), 6.42 (1H, d, J=16.0), 5.17 (2H, bs, NH2); IR (cm−1) 2220 (CEN), 1629 (C═C); MS (m/z) 211.0969 (C12H11N4 (M+1)) requires 211.0984.
    • Synthesis 92 (E)-4-(2-(3-(Methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-8-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile (MM-001)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00212
  • Sodium nitrite (40 mg, 0.57 mmol) in water (0.5 mL) was added to a suspension of (E)-4-(2-(5-amino-1H-imidazol-4-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) in 50% HBF4 (2 mL) at 0° C. After stirring at 0° C. for 20 minutes, the precipitate was filtered from solution and dried over P2O5. This diazo compound was used without further purification. Methoxymethyl isocyanate (150 mg, 1.8 mmol) was added to a solution of (E)-4-(2-(4-diazo-4H-imidazol-5-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile (80 mg, 0.36 mmol) in dry DMSO (1 mL) under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours, then purified by column chromatography (5% MeCN/DCM) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (42 mg, 38%). δH (DMSO-d6) 8.48 (1H, s), 7.81 (1H, d, J=16.0), 7.71 (4H, m), 7.60 (1H, d, J=16.0) 5.72 (2H, s), 3.58 (3H, s); IR (cm−1) 2222 (C≡N), 1631 (C═N); MS (m/z) 309.1121 (C15H13N6O2 (M+1)) requires 309.1100.
    • Synthesis 93 (E)-5-Nitro-4-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)vinyl)-1H-imidazole
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00213
  • Piperidine (1.7 g, 0.02 mol) was added to a suspension of 4-methyl-5-nitroimidazole (5 g, 0.04 mol) and 2-thiophenecarboxaldehyde (22 g, 0.2 mol) and heated at 100° C. for 15 hours. After cooling, DMF (5 mL) and IPA (15 mL) were added and the precipitate filtered from solution and washed with IPA (50 mL) to leave the product as a yellow solid (6.0 g, 69%). δH (DMSO-d6) 13.56 (1H, bs, NH), 7.90 (1H, s), 7.66 (1H, d, J=16.4), 7.66 (1H, d, J=5.0), 7.40 (1H, d, J=16.4), 7.35 (1H, d, J=3.6), 7.15 (1H, dd, J=3.6, 5.0).
    • Synthesis 94 (E)-4-(2-(Thiophen-2-yl)vinyl)-1H-imidazol-5-amine
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00214
  • 5% Palladium on carbon (0.5 g) was added to a solution of (E)-5-nitro-4-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)vinyl)-1H-imidazole (4.5 g, 0.02 mol) in methanol (500 mL) and the resulting mixture hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 24 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtering through a short bed of Celite™, and the Celite™ washed with 10% MeOH/DCM (200 mL). The filtrate was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography (5-10% MeOH/DCM) to leave the product as a pale brown solid (2.75 g, 71%). δH (DMSO-d6) 11.58 (1H, bs, NH), 7.25 (2H, m), 6.95 (3H, m), 6.62 (1H, d, J=16.0), 4.86 (2H, bs, NH2).
    • Synthesis 95 (E)-3-(Methoxymethyl)-8-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)vinyl)imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4(3H)-one (MM-004)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00215
  • Sodium nitrite (150 mg, 2.1 mmol) in water (1 mL) was added to a suspension of (E)-4-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)vinyl)-1H-imidazol-5-amine (0.35 g, 1.8 mmol) in 10% HBF4 (4 mL) at 0° C. After stirring at 0° C. for 60 minutes, the precipitate was filtered from solution and dried over P2O5. This diazo compound (IR stretch 2193 cm−1) was used without further purification. Methoxymethyl isocyanate (0.43 g, 4.9 mmol) was added to a solution of (E)-4-diazo-5-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)vinyl)-4H-imidazole (0.3 g, 1.47 mmol) in dry DMSO (2 mL) under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours, then purified by column chromatography (DCM) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (50 mg, 12%). δH (CDCl3) 8.44 (1H, s), 7.95 (1H, d, J=15.6), 7.34 (1H, d, J=5.1), 7.31 (1H, d, J=15.6), 7.26 (1H, d, J=3.6), 7.08 (1H, dd, J=5.1, 3.6), 5.69 (2H, s), 3.57 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 96 (E)-4-(2-(3-(Methylthiomethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-8-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile (MM-002)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00216
  • A solution of (isocyanatomethyl)(methyl)sulfane (337 mg, 3.27 mmol) in dry DMSO (1 mL) was added dropwise in the dark under nitrogen to a stirred suspension of (E)-4-(2-(4-diazo-4H-imidazol-5-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile (600 mg, 2.71 mmol) in DMSO (6 mL) and the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting solution was poured into ice and the precipitate was filtered and washed successively with water and diethyl ether. The crude product was dried under vacuum and was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeCN (95:5) as eluent to give the pure title compound as a bright yellow solid (71 mg, 8%). δH (DMSO d6): 8.87 (1H, s), 7.94-7.97 (2H, d, J=8.6), 7.85-7.87 (2H, d, J=8.6), 7.73 (2H, s), 5.40 (2H, s), 2.27 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 97 (E)-4-(2-(3-(Methylsulfonylmethyl)-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-8-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile (MM-003)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00217
  • Isocyanato(methylsulfonyl)methane (440 mg, 3.25 mmol) was added dropwise in the dark under nitrogen to a stirred suspension of E)-4-(2-(4-diazo-4H-imidazol-5-yl)vinyl)benzonitrile (600 mg, 2.71 mmol) in DMSO (6 mL) and the mixture was stirred overnight. The resulting solution was poured into ice and the precipitate was filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether. The crude product was dried under vacuum and was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeCN (90:10) as eluent to give the pure title compound as a bright yellow solid (31 mg, 3% yield). δH (DMSO d6): 8.95 (1H, s), 7.95-7.97 (2H, d, J=8.6), 7.84-7.87 (2H, d, J=8.6), 7.75 (2H, s), 5.76 (2H, s), 3.16 (3H, s).
    • (XVI) Preparation of C8-Carboxamides
  • Isobutyl chloroformate (1.05 eq.) followed by triethylamine (1.05 eq.) were added to a solution of the appropriate 8-carboxylic acid derivative in THF and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The precipitate of triethylamine hydrochloride, which formed during the reaction, was removed by filtration, and aniline (1.05 eq.) was added to the filtrate. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen overnight and was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was absorbed on silica and purified by flash chromatography using DCM:MeOH (95:5) as eluent to give the target compounds (57%-68% yield).
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00218
    • Synthesis 98 3-Methyl-4-oxo-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (LL-001)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00219
  • Using the general procedure, the title compound was obtained. δH (DMSO d6): 10.40 (1H, s), 8.95 (1H, s), 7.87-7.89 (2H, m), 7.35-7.39 (2H, m), 7.13-7.15 (1H, m), 3.90 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 99 3-(Methoxymethyl)-4-oxo-N-phenyl-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (LL-002)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00220
  • Using the general procedure, the title compound was obtained. δH (DMSO d6): 10.4 (1H, s), 9.01 (1H, s), 7.87-7.89 (2H, m), 7.35-7.39 (2H, m), 7.11-7.16 (1H, m), 5.65 (2H, s), 3.44 (3H, s).
    • (XVII) Preparation of C8-Hydroxamates
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00221
    • Synthesis 100 N-(Benzyloxy)-4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (RR-003)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00222
  • 4-oxo-3-(prop-2-ynyl)-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid (0.46 mmol, 100 mg, 1 eq.), O-Benzotriazole-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyl-uronium-hexafluoro-phosphate (HBTU) (0.55 mmol, 208 mg, 1.2 eq.) and triethylamine (0.55 mmol, 77 μL, 1.2 eq.) were dissolved in THF (30 mL) and DMF (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before adding O-benzylhydroxylamine (0.55 mmol, 68 mg, 1.2 eq.) in one portion. After 24 hours of room temperature stirring, the volume of the solution was reduced to 5 mL and poured into ice/water. The formed solid was filtered and washed with water, ethyl acetate and ether, and dried under vacuum. Yield: 72%. δH (DMSO-d6) 11.93 (1H, bs), 8.89 (1H, s), 7.48 (2H, m), 7.40 (3H, m), 5.15 (2H, d, J: 1.84), 4.97 (2H, s), 3.53 (1H, bs).
    • Synthesis 101 N-(Benzyloxy)-3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (RR-002)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00223
  • O-benzylhydroxylamine (195 μL, 1.68 mmol, 2 eq.) was added to a solution of crude 3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carbonyl chloride (200 mg, 0.84 mmol; see Arrowsmith et al., J. Med. Chem., 2002, Vol. 45, No. 25, p. 5458) in THF (6 mL) and a precipitate formed instantly. The resulting suspension was stirred for 1 hour and 30 minutes and was then poured into ice. The suspension was diluted with water and the precipitate was filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give 158 mg of the pure title compound as an off-white solid (63% yield). δH (DMSO-d6): 11.9 (1H, s), 8.85 (1H, s), 7.42-7.50 (2H, m), 7.36-7.42 (3H, m), 4.96 (2H, s), 3.88 (3H, s).
    • Synthesis 102 N-Hydroxy-3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (RR-001)
  • Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00224
  • A solution of N-(benzyloxy)-3-methyl-4-oxo-3,4-dihydroimidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazine-8-carboxamide (200 mg, 0.67 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (20 mg) in ethyl acetate:DMF (5:1) (36 mL) was put under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 3 days. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite™ and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was suspended in ethyl acetate and the precipitate was filtered and washed successively with water, ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to give the pure title compound as a pale orange solid (35 mg, 25% yield). δH (DMSO-d6): 11.2 (1H, s), 9.18 (1H, s), 8.82 (1H, s), 3.86 (3H, s).
    • Biological Methods General Cell Culture Methods
  • The cell culture techniques were carried out in a Class II microbiological safety cabinet which was swabbed with 70% IMS in distilled water before each use. Glioma cells were routinely cultured in Costar tissue culture flasks in RPMI 1640 liquid medium (containing 0.3 g/L L-glutamine and 2 g/L sodium bicarbonate) supplemented with 10% heat inactivated FBS (55-59° C.) for 1 hour to denature complement proteins which would otherwise evoke a cellular immune response resulting in cell lysis, 1% non-essential amino acids, 50 μg/mL gentamicin and 400 μg/mL G418 (vector selection reagent). Colorectal and melanoma cells were maintained in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% FBS. MRC-5 cells were cultured in EMEM+10% FBS, 1% pen/strep, 1% non-essential amino acids, 1% HEPES (1M) and 1% sodium bicarbonate.
  • Cells were grown at 37° C. in a humidified incubator in an atmosphere comprising 95% air/5% CO2. Cells were sub-cultured when growth exceeded approximately 80% confluence, normally twice weekly. The medium was aspirated from the flask and approximately 0.8 mL trypsin-EDTA 1× solution added. The cells were re-incubated at 37° C. until they had visibly detached from the flask. The cells were re-suspended in 5 mL medium and 0.5-1 mL was transferred to a new flask (25 cm2) with 7 mL culture medium. The cells were further incubated at 37° C. To minimize phenotypic drift, cells were disposed of once they had been subcultured 30 times. New batches of cells were thawed rapidly in 37° C. water bath once taken from liquid nitrogen storage and re-suspended in 10 mL of culture medium in a 25 cm2 flask. Cells were passaged twice to allow normal growth to resume prior to use in experiments.
  • For cryopreservation, viable cells at 60-80% confluence were detached by minimum amount of trypsin/EDTA and re-suspended in sterile filtered freezing medium (95% FBS, 5% DMSO), transferred to sterile cryogenic vials, and frozen overnight at −20° C. followed by −80° C. for 1-2 days and stored in liquid nitrogen for long term storage.
    • Drug Solutions
  • Most test compounds, including temozolomide, were prepared as 100 mM stock solutions in DMSO and stored at −20° C. for not more than 6 months.
    • MTT Assay for 7-Day Toxicity Assay
  • This assay was first described in Mosmann, T., 1983, “Rapid colorimetric assay for cellular growth and survival: Application to proliferation and cytotoxicity assays”, Journal of Immunological Methods, Vol. 65, Nos. 1-2, pp. 55-63.
  • Glioma cell lines, SNB19 and U373, both stably transfected with MGMT (i.e., SNB19M and U373M) or their respective vector controls (i.e., SNB19V and U373V); colorectal carcinoma cell lines, HCT116, HT29, and DLD1; melanoma cell line, SKMEL-28; breast cell line, MCF-7; and normal human fetal lung fibroblast cell line, MRC-5; were used at 60-80% confluence, during the logarithmic phase of growth.
  • Following harvesting with trypsin/EDTA, cells in suspension were gently syringed through a 23 gauge needle to obtain a near-single cell suspension. Cells were then seeded into 96-well plates at the desired density in 180 μL culture medium if only one test compound was to be added, or in 160 μL if two test compounds were to be added in combination. Cells were allowed to attach overnight by incubation at 37° C. in 95% air/5% CO2. For the 7 day assay, the cell seeding densities for the different cell lines were as follows: SNB19V, SNB19M: 650 cells/well; U373V, U373M: 650 cells/well; SNB19VR, U373VR: 650 cells/well; HCT116, DLD-1, SKMEL-28, MRC-5, MCF-7: 400 cells/well.
  • The two peripheral lanes of each plate were used as blank wells (cell free) and filled with 200 μL of medium in order to minimise medium evaporation from the plate. A separate time zero (T0) plate was set up alongside other plates. Serial dilutions in tissue culture medium of a 100 mM stock of test compound were prepared immediately before each assay to ten times the final concentrations required. 20 μL was added to each well (200 μL total media per well) to achieve final concentrations of 0.5 μM, 1 μM, 5 μM, 10 μM, 50 μM, 100 μM, 500 μM, and 1000 μM. A minimum of four wells received the same test compound concentration. To control wells, including those in the To plate, 20 μL of medium was added. Previous assays had been carried out to verify that cell viability was not affected by the amount of DMSO added into the test compound-treated wells. A separate plate treated in the same way, but free of test compound, was used as a measure of cell viability at the time of drug addition (T0).
  • After incubation at 37° C., 95% air/5% CO2 for 7 days (or immediately for the day 0 plate), cell viability was quantified using the MTT assay. 50 μL of sterile filtered MTT (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide) (2 mg/mL in phosphate buffered saline) were added to each well (final concentration 0.4 mg/mL) and the plates were re-incubated for 4 hours to allow metabolic conversion of MTT by dehydrogenases in viable cells to insoluble formazan crystals. The medium and any unconverted MTT was aspirated, 150 μL of DMSO was added to each well, and the plates were shaken on a plate shaker (Stuart Scientific 503) to ensure complete formazan solubilisation. Absorbance was then read at 550 nm on an Anthos Labtec Systems plate reader and Deltasoft 3™ software, where the absorbance readings (corrected for background absorbance) were recorded.
  • The absorbance at 550 nm is directly proportional to viable cell number. A linear relationship exists between cell number and the amount of formazan so the mean absorbance determined for all wells of the same concentration can be used as a quantitative measure of viable cells compared to the controls. A graph of absorbance against drug concentration was plotted and the test compound concentration causing 50% inhibition (GI50) of control cell growth (absorbance increase from T0) was calculated by interpolation.
    • Generation of TMZ Resistant Cell Lines
  • SNB19V and U373V cell lines were cultured in the presence of incremental concentrations of TMZ (1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 μM) (and up to 150 μM for U373V) to generate corresponding TMZ acquired resistant cell lines (i.e., SNBI9VR and U373VR). At each step of selection, cells were exposed to a higher TMZ concentration when the re-growth was apparent and labelled as SNBI9VR and U373VR, respectively, to distinguish them from the parental cell lines.
    • Clonogenic Survival Assay
  • A clonogenic assay, which measures tumour cell survival and subsequent proliferative ability following drug exposure, was used to verify that the cells remaining metabolically active following treatment with TMZ and test compounds. See, e.g., Brown, J. M., et al., 1999, “Apoptosis, p 53, and tumor cell sensitivity to anticancer agents”, Cancer Research, Vol. 59, No. 7, pp. 1391-1399.
  • Exponentially growing cells were seeded in triplicate at a density of 200 cells/well in 6 well plates, allowed to attach overnight and then exposed to increasing concentrations of TMZ or test compounds (0, 5, 10, 100, 500, 1000 μM). After 18 hours, the media was changed to drug free media and cells left to grow in the 37° C., 95% air/5% CO2 incubator. After 14 days, the plates were rinsed in PBS and fixed with pre-chilled methanol at room temperature for 20 minutes, stained with 0.5% methylene blue in 1:1 methanol/H2O (v/v) for 10 minutes, thoroughly washed in distilled water and air dried. Cell colonies containing >30 cells were counted. Growth inhibition by TMZ and test compounds was estimated by expressing the mean number of colonies for TMZ or test compound treated wells as a percentage of the mean number of colonies in control.
    • Biological Data
  • As shown in the data in the following table (representing more than 80 replicates), the parent compound, Temozolomide (TMZ), is demonstrably more active in the glioma lines which are MGMT− (SNB 19V and U373V) than those which express MGMT (MGMT+lines SNB 19M and U373M).
  • TABLE 1
    GI50 Values for Temozolomide (TMZ)
    SNB19V SNB19M U373V U373M
    GI50 (μM) GI50 (μM) GI50 (μM) GI50 (μM)
    TMZ 45.6 526.3 72.9 394.8
  • Each of compounds WW-001 through WW-066 (i.e., -A is -A1) where has a SNB19V GI50 of less than 65 μM, and most have a SNB19V GI50 of less than 45 μM.
  • Specifically, each of the following compounds has a SNB19V GI50 of less than 45 μM: WW-001, WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-005, WW-006, WW-007, WW-008, WW-009, WW-010, WW-011, WW-012, WW-017, WW-018, WW-019, WW-022, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-026, WW-027, WW-029, WW-031, WW-033, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-041, WW-042, WW-043, WW-045, WW-047, WW-048, WW-049, WW-050, WW-051, WW-052, WW-053, WW-054, WW-055, WW-056, \NW-057, WW-058, WW-059, WW-060, WW-061, WW-062, WW-063, WW-064, WW-065, WW-066.
  • In this way, these compounds have a SNB19V activity that is similar to, if not better than, that of TMZ (45.6 μM).
  • Additionally, whereas TMZ has a SNB19M GI50 of 526.3 μM, each of compounds WW-001 through WW-066 has a SNB19M GI50 of less than 100 μM, and many have a SNB19M GI50 of less than 70 μM.
  • Specifically, each of the following compounds has a SNB19M GI50 of less than 70 μM: WW-001, WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-005, WW-007, WW-008, WW-010, WW-011, WW-012, WW-013, WW-014, WW-015, WW-016, WW-017, WW-018, WW-019, WW-020, WW-021, WW-022, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-026, WW-027, WW-028, WW-029, WW-030, WW-031, WW-032, WW-033, WW-034, WW-035, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-039, WW-040, WW-042, WW-043, WW-046, WW-047, WW-048, WW-049, WW-050, WW-051, WW-052, WW-053, WW-055, WW-056, WW-057, WW-058, WW-059, WW-060, WW-061, WW-062, WW-063, WW-064, WW-065, WW-066.
  • In this way, these compounds have a SNB19M activity that is very much better than that of TMZ (526.3 μM).
  • These results were echoed in similar studies in the U373 cell line.
  • Specifically, each of the following compounds has a U373V GI50 of less than 75 μM: WW-001, WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-005, WW-006, WW-007, WW-008, WW-009, WW-011, WW-012, WW-013, WW-014, WW-015, WW-016, WW-021, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-026, WW-027, WW-028, WW-029, WW-030, WW-031, WW-032, WW-033, WW-034, WW-035, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-039, WW-040, WW-041, WW-042, WW-044, WW-045, WW-046, WW-047, WW-048, WW-049, WW-050, WW-051, WW-052, WW-054, WW-055, WW-058, WW-062, WW-063.
  • In this way, these compounds have a U373V activity that is similar to, if not better than, that of TMZ (72.9 μM).
  • Similarly, each of the following compounds has a U373M GI50 of less than 60 μM: WW-001, WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-005, WW-006, WW-007, WW-008, WW-009, WW-012, WW-013, WW-014, WW-015, WW-016, WW-021, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-026, WW-027, WW-028, WW-029, WW-030, WW-031, WW-032, WW-033, WW-034, WW-035, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-039, WW-040, WW-042, WW-046, WW-047, WW-048, WW-049, WW-050, WW-051, WW-052, WW-055, WW-058, WW-062, WW-063.
  • In this way, these compounds have a U373M activity that is very much better than that of TMZ (394.8 μM).
  • Data for a few particular compounds are summarised in the following table.
  • TABLE 2
    GI50 Values
    SNB19V SNB19M U373V U373M
    GI50 (μM) GI50 (μM) GI50 (μM) GI50 (μM)
    TMZ 45.6 526.3 72.9 394.8
    MM-004 4.5 5.1 4.4 6.5
    WW-028 54.0 56.5 50.0 35.1
    WW-027 22.0 33.8 9.3 33.1
  • As shown by the data discussed above, and unlike TMZ, these compounds have good activity against tumour cell lines regardless of the MGMT and MMR (Mis-Match Repair) status of the cell line.
  • In addition, several of the compounds have also been tested and found to be active in other cells lines, including HCT116, DLD-1, SKMEL-28, MRC-5, MCF-7, and HT29.
  • Similar results were obtained for compounds where -A is -A2, -A3, -A4, -A5, or -A6. Data for examples of each of these classes are summarised in the following table.
  • TABLE 1
    GI50 Values for Temozolomide (TMZ)
    SNB19V SNB19M U373V U373M
    GI50 (μM) GI50 (μM) GI50 (μM) GI50 (μM)
    TMZ 45.6 526.3 72.9 394.8
    TT-001 63.2 54.7 42.3 53.4
    SS-001 59.0 52.7 51.2 55.1
    RR-001 41.0 87.1 — —
    LL-002 55.3 43.8 36.3 52.3
    MM-001 9.1 8.9 7.7 8.8
  • Again, these compounds have a SNB19V activity that is similar to, if not better than, that of TMZ (45.6 μM).
  • Again, these compounds have a SNB19M activity that is very much better than that of TMZ (526.3 μM).
  • Again, these compounds have a U373V activity that is similar to, if not better than, that of TMZ (72.9 μM).
  • Again, these compounds have a U373M activity that is very much better than that of TMZ (394.8 μM).
  • Again, several of the compounds have also been tested and found to be active in other cells lines, including HCT116, DLD-1, SKMEL-28, MRC-5, MCF-7, and HT29.
  • The foregoing has described the principles, preferred embodiments, and modes of operation of the present invention. However, the invention should not be construed as limited to the particular embodiments discussed. Instead, the above-described embodiments should be regarded as illustrative rather than restrictive, and it should be appreciated that variations may be made in those embodiments by workers skilled in the art without departing from the scope of the present invention.

Claims (72)

1. A compound selected from compounds of the following formula and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure US20120083513A1-20120405-C00225
wherein:
-A is independently -A1, -A2, -A3, -A4, -A5, or -A6; and
—B is independently —B1, —B2, —B3, —B4, —B5, —B6, —B7, —B8, —B9, —B10, —B11, B12, —B13, or —B14;
wherein:
-A1 is independently C5-12heteroaryl, and is optiOnally substituted;
-A2 is independently thioamido or substituted thioamido;
-A3 is independently imidamido or substituted imidamido;
-A4 is independently hydroxamic acid or hydroxamate;
-A5 is independently substituted carboxamide;
-A6 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl, and is optionally substituted;
and wherein:
—B1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl;
—B2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl;
—B3 is independently mercapto-C1-4alkyl, sulfanyl-C1-4alkyl, sulfinyl-C1-4alkyl, or sulfonyl-C1-4alkyl;
—B4 is independently hydroxy-C1-4alkyl or ether-C1-4alkyl;
—B5 is independently phenyl-C1-6alkyl or C5-6heteroaryl-C1-6alkyl, and is optionally substituted;
—B6 is independently acyl-C1-6alkyl, carboxy-C1-6alkyl, oxyacyl-C1-6alkyl, or acyloxy-C1-6alkyl;
—B7 is independently amido-C1-4alkyl or substituted amido-C1-4alkyl;
—B8 is independently C3-6cycloalkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl-C1-4alkyl, C3-6heterocyclyl, or
C3-6heterocyclyl-C1-4alkyl, and is optionally substituted;
B9 is independently halo-C1-6alkyl;
—B10 is independently nitro-C1-6alkyl;
—B11 is independently cyano-C1-6alkyl;
—B12 is independently phosphate-C1-6alkyl;
—B13 is independently carbamate-C1-6alkyl; and
—B14 is independently oxime-C1-6alkyl.
2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein -A is independently -A1; and -A1 is independently:
furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, or quinazolinyl;
and is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RZ1, —CF3,
—OH, —ORZ1, —OCF3,
—SRZ1,
—NH2, —NHRZ1, —NRZ1 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ1,
—C(═O)RZ1,
—OC(═O)RZ1,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ1, —C(═O)NRZ1 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RZ1, —NRZ1C(═O)RZ1,
—OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ1, —OC(═O)NRZ1 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ1, —NRZ1C(═O)ORZ1,
—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZi, —NHC(═O)NRZ1 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino, v—NO2, and —CN;
wherein each —RZ1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, aliphatic C3-6alkynyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ1A, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ1A, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RZ1A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl;
and additionally wherein two adjacent substituents may together form —O—CH2—O— or —O—CH2CH2—O—.
3. A compound according to claim 2, wherein -A1 is independently oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, or oxadiazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
4.-5. (canceled)
6. A compound according to claim 2, wherein -A1 is independently imidazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
7. A compound according to claim 2, wherein -A1 is independently imidazol-2-yl, and is optionally substituted.
8.-22. (canceled)
23. A compound according to claim 2, selected from the following compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Compounds WW-001 to WW-066.
24. A compound according to claim 1, wherein -A is independently -A2; and -A2 is independently:
—C(═S)NH2, —C(═S)NHRZ2, —C(═S)NRZ2 2, —C(═S)-pyrrolidino, —C(═S)-piperidino, —C(═S)-morpholino, —C(═S)-piperizino, or —C(═S)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino, wherein:
—RZ2 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RZ2A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORZ2A, —OCF3,
—SRZ2A,
—NH2, —NHRZ2A, —NRZ2A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ2A,
—C(═O)RZ2A,
—OC(═O)RZ2A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ2A, —C(═O)NRZ2A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RZ2A, —NRZ2C(═O)RZ2A, —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ2A, —OC(═O)NRZ2A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ2A, —NRZ2AC(═O)ORZ2A,
—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ2A, —NHC(═O)NRZ2A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, ,
—NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NO2, and —CN,
wherein each —RZ2A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ2B, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ2B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RZ2B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
25.-30. (canceled)
31. A compound according to claim 24, selected from the following compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Compound TT-001.
32. A compound according to claim 1, wherein -A is independently -A3; and -A3 is independently:
—C(═NH)NH2, —C(═NH)NHRZ3, or —C(═NH)NRZ3 2, —C(═NH)-pyrrolidino, —C(═NH)-piperidino, —C(═NH)-morpholino, —C(═NH)-piperizino, or —C(═NH)—N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
wherein:
—RZ3 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one on more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RZ3A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORZ3A, —OCF3,
—SRZ3A,
—NH2, —NHRZ3A, —NRZ3A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino, v—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ3A,
—C(═O)RZ3A,
—OC(═O)RZ3A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ3A, —C(═O)NRZ3A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RZ3A, —NRZ3AC(═O)RZ3A,
—OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ3A, —OC(═O)NRZ3A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ3A, —NRZ3AC(═O)ORZ3A,
—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ3A, —NHC(═O)NRZ3A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NO2, and —CN,
wherein each —RZ3A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ3B, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ3B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RZ3B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
33.-39. (canceled)
40. A compound according to claim 32, selected from the following compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Compound SS-001.
41. A compound according to claim 1, wherein -A is independently -A4; and -A4 is independently:
—C(═O)—NH—OH, —C(═O)—NRZ4—OH, —C(═O)—NH—ORZ4, or —C(═O)—NRZ4—ORZ4,
wherein:
—RZ4 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RZ4A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORZ4A, —OCF3,
—SRZ4A,
—NH2, —NHRZ4A, —NRZ4A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ4A,
—C(═O)RZ4A,
—OC(═O)RZ4A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ4A, —C(═O)NRZ4A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RZ4A, —NRZ4AC(═O)RZ4A,
—OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ4A, —OC(═O)NRZ4A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ4A, —NRZ4AC(═O)ORZ4A,
—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ4A, —NHC(═O)NRZ4A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4 alkyl)- piperizino,
—NO2, and —CN,
wherein each —RZ4A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ4B, —CF3, —OH, —ORZAB, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RZ4B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
42.-48. (canceled)
49. A compound according to claim 45, selected from the following compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Compounds RR-001 to RR-003.
50. A compound according to claim 1, wherein -A is independently -A5; and -A5 is independently:
—C(═O)—NHRZ5, —C(═O)—NRZ5 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, or —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
wherein:
—RZ5 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RZ5A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORZ5A, —OCF3,
—SRZ5A,
—NH2, —NHRZ5A, —NRZ5A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ5A,
—C(═O)RZ5A,
—OC(═O)RZ5A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ5A, —C(═O)NRZ5A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RZ5A, —NRZ5AC(═O)RZ5A,
—OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ5A, —OC(═O)NRZ5A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ5A, —NRZ5AC(═O)ORZ5A,
—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ5A, —NHC(═O)NRZ5A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NO2, and —CN,
wherein each —RZ5A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ5B, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ5B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RZ5B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
51.-55. (canceled)
56. A compound according to claim 50, wherein -A5 is independently —C(═O)—NHPh.
57. A compound according to claim 50, selected from the following compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Compounds LL-001 to LL-003.
58. A compound-according to claim 1, wherein -A is independently -A6; and -A6 is independently:
-L6-RZ6,
wherein:
-L6- is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl, and
—RZ6 is independently C5-6heteroaryl or -Ph,
wherein each of said C5-6heteroaryl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RZ6A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORZ6A, —OCF3,
—SRZ6A,
—NH2, —NHRZ6A, —NRZ6A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORZ6A,
—C(═O)RZ6A,
—OC(═O)RZ6A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRZ6A, —C(═O)NRZ6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino, —NHC(═O)RZ6A, —NRZ6AC(═O)RZ6A, —OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRZ6A, —OC(═O)NRZ6A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORZ6A, —NRZ6AC(═O)ORZ6A,
—NHC(═O)NR2, —NHC(═O)NHRZ6A, —NHC(═O)NRZ6A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NO2, and —CN,
wherein each —RZ6A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RZ6B, —CF3, —OH, —ORZ6B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RZ6B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
59.-64. (canceled)
65. A compound according to claim 58, selected from the following compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Compounds MM-001 to MM-004.
66. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B1.
67.-68. (canceled)
69. A compound according to claim 66, wherein —B1 is independently -Me.
70. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B2.
71. (canceled)
72. A compound according to claim 70, wherein —B2 is independently —CH2—C≡CH.
73. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B3; and —B3 is independently:
-LY3-SH, -LY3-S(═O)—RY3, or -LY3-S(═O)2—RY3,
wherein:
-LY3- s independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
—RY3 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RY3A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORY3A, —OCF3,
—SRY3A,
—NH2, —NHRY3A, —NRY3A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY3A,
—C(═O)RY3A,
—OC(═O)RY3A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY3A, —C(═O)NRY3A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RY3A, —NRY3AC(═O)RY3A,
—OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRY3A, —OC(═O)NRY3A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORY3A, —NRY3AC(═O)ORY3A,
—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRY3A, —NHC(═O)NRY3A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NO2, and —CN,
wherein each —RY3A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY3B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY3B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RY3B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
74.-79. (canceled)
80. A compound according to claim 73, wherein —B3 is independently —CH2—S-Me, —CH2—S(═O)-Me, or —CH2—S(═O)2-Me.
81. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B4; and —B4 is independently:
-LY4-OH or -LY4-O—RY4,
wherein:
LY4- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and —RY4 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RY4A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORY4A, —OCF3,
—SRY4A,
—NH2, —NHRY4A, —NRY4A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY4A,
—C(═O)RY4A, v—OC(═O)RY4A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY4A, —C(═O)NRY4A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RY4A, —NRY4AC(═O)RY4A,
—OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRY4A, —OC(═O)NRY4A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORY4A, —NRY4AC(═O)ORY4A,
—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRY4A, —NHC(═O)NRY4A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NO2, and —CN,
wherein each —RY4A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY4B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY4B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RY4B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
82.-87. (canceled)
88. A compound according to claim 81, wherein —B4 is independently —CH2—O-Me.
89. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B5; and —B5 is independently:
-LY5-ArY5,
wherein:
-LY5- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
—ArY5 is independently C5-6heteroaryl or -Ph,
wherein each of said C5-6heteroaryl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RY5A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORY5A, —OCF3,
—SRY5A,
—NH2, —NHRY5A, —NRY5A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY5A,
—C(═O)RY5A,
—OC(═O)RY5A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY5A, —C(═O)NRY5A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RY5A, —NRY5AC(═O)RY5A,
—OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRY5A, —OC(═O)NRY5A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino, —OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORY5A, —NRY5AC(═O)ORY5A,
—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRY5A, —NHC(═O)NRY5A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NO2, and —CN,
wherein each —RY5A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY5B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY5B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RY5B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
90.-93. (canceled)
94. A compound according to claim 89, wherein —B5 is —CH2-Ph.
95. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B6; and —B6 is independently:
-LY6-C(═O)RY6, -LY6-C(═O)OH, -LY6-C(═O)ORY6, or -LY6-O—C(═O)RY6,
wherein:
-LY6- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
—RY6 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RY6A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORY6A, —OCF3,
—SRY6A,
—NH2, —NHRY6A, —NRY6A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY6A,
—C(═O)RY6A,
—OC(═O)RY6A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY6A, —C(═O)NRY6A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RY6A, —NRY6AC(═O)RY6A,
—OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRY6A, —OC(═O)NRY6A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORY6A, —NRY6AC(═O)ORY6A,
—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRY6A, —NHC(═O)NRY6A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NO2, and —CN,
wherein each —RY6A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY6B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY6B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RY6B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
96.-101. (canceled)
102. A compound according to claim 95, wherein —B6 is independently —CH2—C(═O)—O-Et.
103. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B7; and —B7 is independently:
-LY7C(═O)NH2, -LY7-C(═O)NHRY7, -LY7-C(═O)NRY7 2, -LY7-C(═O)-pyrrolidino, -LY7-C(═O)-piperidino, -LY7-C(═O)-morpholino, -LY7-C(═O)-piperizino, or -LY7-C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
wherein:
-LY7- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
—RY7 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RY7A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORY7A, —OCF3,
—SRY7A,
—NH2, —NHRY7A, —NRY7A 2, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY7A,
—C(═O)RY7A,
—OC(═O)RY7A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY7A, —C(═O)NRY7A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RY7A, —NRY7AC(═O)RY7A,
—OC(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NHRY7A, —OC(═O)NRY7A 2, —OC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—OC(═O)-piperidino, —OC(═O)-morpholino, —OC(═O)-piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)OH, —NHC(═O)ORY7A, —NRY7AC(═O)ORY7A,
—NHC(═O)NH2, —NHC(═O)NHRY7A, —NHC(═O)NRY7A 2, —NHC(═O)-pyrrolidino,
—NHC(═O)-piperidino, —NHC(═O)-morpholino, —NHC(═O)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NO2, and —CN,
wherein each —RY7A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY7B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY7B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RY7B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
104.-109. (canceled)
110. A compound according to claim 103, wherein B7 is independently: —CH2—C(═O)NH2, —CH2—C(═O)NHMe, —CH2—C(═O)NMe2, —CH2CH2—C(═O)NH2, —CH2CH2—C(═O)NHMe, —CH2CH2—C(═O)NMe2, —CH2—C(═O)-piperidino, or —CH2CH2—C(═O)-piperidino.
111. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B8; and —B8 is independently:
—RY8 or -LY8-RY8,
wherein:
-LY8- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
—RY8 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl or saturated C3-6heterocyclyl,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and C3-6heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RY8A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORY8A, —OCF3,
—NH2, —NHRY8A, —NRY8A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY8A,
—C(═O)RY8A,
—OC(═O)RY8A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY8A, —C(═O)NRY8A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RY8A, —NRY8AC(═O)RY8A, and
—CN;
wherein each —RY8A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —C1-12-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY8B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY8B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RY8B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
112.-114. (canceled)
115. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B9.
116. (canceled)
117. A compound according to claim 115, wherein —B9 is independently selected from: —CH2F, —CH2CH2F, —CHF2, —CH2CHF2, —CF3, and —CH2CF3.
118. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B10.
119.-120. (canceled)
121. A compound according to claim 118, wherein —B10 is independently —CH2—NO2.
122. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B11.
123.-124. (canceled)
125. A compound according to claim 122, wherein —B″ is independently —CH2—CN.
1126. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B12; wherein —B12 is independently:
-LY12-P(═O)(OH)2, LY12-P(═O)(OH)(ORY12), or -LY12-P(═O)(ORY12)'), wherein:
-LY12- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
each —RY12 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RY12A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORY12A, —OCF3,
—NH2, —NHRY12A, —NRY12A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY12A,
—C(═O)RY12A,
—OC(═O)RY12A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY12A, —C(═O)NRY12A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RY12A, —NRY12AC(═O)RY12A, and —CN;
wherein each —RY12A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY12B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY12B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RY128 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
127.-130. (canceled)
131. A compound according to claim 126, wherein B12 is —CH2—P(═O)(OEt)2.
132. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B13; wherein —B13 is independently:
-LY13-NH—C(═O)OH, -LY13-NH—C(═O)—RY13, -LY13-NRY13—C(═O)OH, or -LY13-NRY13—C(═O)—RY13,
wherein:
-LY13 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
each —RY13 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, fluorenyl, —CH2-fluorenyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, fluorenyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RY13A, —CF3,
OH, —ORY13A, —OCF3,
—NH2, —NHRY13A, —NRY13A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY13A,
—C(═O)RY13A,
—OC(═O)RY13A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY13A, —C(═O)NRY13A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidino, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RY13A, —NRY13AC(═O)RY13A, and
—CN;
wherein each —RY13A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY13B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY13B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RY13B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
133.-134. (canceled)
135. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —B is independently —B14; wherein —B14 is independently:
-LY14-CH(═N—O—H), -LY14-CH(═N—O—RY14), -LY14-CRY14(═N—O—H), or -LY14-CRY14(═N—O—RY14),
wherein:
-LY14- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkylene, and
each —RY14 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, —CH2—C5-6heteroaryl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl, C5-6heteroaryl, and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from:
—F, —Cl, —Br, —I,
—RY14A, —CF3,
—OH, —ORY14A, —OCF3,
—NH2, —NHRY14A, —NRY14A 2, pyrrolidino piperidino, morpholino, piperizino, (N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—C(═O)OH, —C(═O)ORY14A,
—C(═O)RY14A,
—OC(═O)RY14A,
—C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NHRY14A, —C(═O)NRY14A 2, —C(═O)-pyrrolidine, —C(═O)-piperidino, —C(═O)-morpholino, —C(═O)-piperizino, —C(═O)—(N—C1-4alkyl)-piperizino,
—NHC(═O)RY14A, NRY14AC(═O)RY14A, and
—CN;
wherein each —RY14A is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, saturated C3-6cycloalkyl, -Ph, or —CH2-Ph,
wherein each of said C3-6cycloalkyl and -Ph is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —RY14B, —CF3, —OH, —ORY14B, and —OCF3,
wherein each —RY14B is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
136.-138. (canceled)
139. A compound according to claim 135, wherein —B14 is independently —CH2—C(Et)(═N—O-Me).
140. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
141. A method of preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising the step of admixing a compound according to claim 1, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
142.-153. (canceled)
154. A method of treatment of a proliferative condition comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.
155. A method of treatment of cancer comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.
156. A method of treatment of lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, renal cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, squamous carcinoma of the head or neck, or glioma comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.
157. A method of treatment of glioma comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.
158. A method of inhibiting cell proliferation, inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound according to claim 1.
US13/376,945 2009-06-23 2010-06-23 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds and their use Active 2031-04-17 US9024018B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/376,945 US9024018B2 (en) 2009-06-23 2010-06-23 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds and their use

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US21957509P 2009-06-23 2009-06-23
PCT/GB2010/001233 WO2010149968A1 (en) 2009-06-23 2010-06-23 3-substituted-8-substituted-3h imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5-tetrazin-4-one compounds and their use
US13/376,945 US9024018B2 (en) 2009-06-23 2010-06-23 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds and their use

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20120083513A1 true US20120083513A1 (en) 2012-04-05
US9024018B2 US9024018B2 (en) 2015-05-05

Family

ID=42563083

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/376,945 Active 2031-04-17 US9024018B2 (en) 2009-06-23 2010-06-23 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds and their use

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (1) US9024018B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2445915B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2012530775A (en)
CN (1) CN102803264A (en)
AU (1) AU2010264339A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI1011822A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2763766A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2583006T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1172321A1 (en)
IL (1) IL216794A0 (en)
PL (1) PL2445915T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2010149968A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201108849B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100286088A1 (en) * 2007-12-18 2010-11-11 Pharminox Limited 3-Substituted-4-Oxo-3,4-Dihydro-Imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5-Tetrazine-8-Carboxylic Acid Amides and Their Use

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012530775A (en) 2009-06-23 2012-12-06 ファーミノックス リミテッド 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo [5,1-d] [1,2,3,5-tetrazin-4-one compounds and uses thereof
JP5963758B2 (en) 2010-10-22 2016-08-03 コモンウェルス サイエンティフィック アンド インダストリアル リサーチ オーガナイゼーション Organic electroluminescent device
WO2012085501A1 (en) * 2010-12-20 2012-06-28 Pharminox Limited 8 - sulfo - imidazotetrazin- 4 - one compounds and their use as anticancer drug
US10562901B2 (en) * 2016-09-22 2020-02-18 The University Of Massachusetts Temozolomide compounds, polymers prepared therefrom, and method of treating a disease
KR20210042941A (en) 2018-08-09 2021-04-20 더 보오드 오브 트러스티스 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 일리노이즈 Imidazotetrazine compound
GB201907813D0 (en) 2019-05-31 2019-07-17 Univ Nottingham Therapeutic compounds
WO2023049806A1 (en) * 2021-09-23 2023-03-30 Yale University Compounds and methods for treating cancers that are mgmt deficient regardless of mmr status

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0252682A2 (en) * 1986-07-02 1988-01-13 May & Baker Limited Tetrazines
US8450479B2 (en) * 2007-12-18 2013-05-28 Pharminox Limited 3-substituted-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5-tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid amides and their use

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5260291A (en) 1981-08-24 1993-11-09 Cancer Research Campaign Technology Limited Tetrazine derivatives
OA07174A (en) 1981-08-24 1984-04-30 May & Baker Ltd New imidazotetrazionones, their preparation and medicines containing them.
GB2125402B (en) 1982-08-17 1985-11-13 May & Baker Ltd New tetrazine derivatives
US4504475A (en) 1983-05-24 1985-03-12 Warner Lambert Company 3-(Haloethyl)-4-oxopyrazolo[5,1-D]-1,2,3,5-tetrazine-8-carboxamide compounds
GB9504361D0 (en) 1995-03-04 1995-04-26 Glaxo Spa Heterocyclic compounds
WO2002057269A1 (en) 2001-01-18 2002-07-25 Schering Corporation Synthesis of temozolomide and analogs
CN1742723A (en) 2004-09-02 2006-03-08 天津倍方科技发展有限公司 Medicine composition containing temozolomide-8-carboxylic ether and use of such compound for preparing anti-tumor medicine
GB0807103D0 (en) 2008-04-18 2008-05-21 Univ Bradford The Compounds
JP2012530775A (en) 2009-06-23 2012-12-06 ファーミノックス リミテッド 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo [5,1-d] [1,2,3,5-tetrazin-4-one compounds and uses thereof
US20130012706A1 (en) 2010-03-01 2013-01-10 Pharminox Limited Methods and Intermediates for the Synthesis of 4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazines

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0252682A2 (en) * 1986-07-02 1988-01-13 May & Baker Limited Tetrazines
US8450479B2 (en) * 2007-12-18 2013-05-28 Pharminox Limited 3-substituted-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5-tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid amides and their use

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100286088A1 (en) * 2007-12-18 2010-11-11 Pharminox Limited 3-Substituted-4-Oxo-3,4-Dihydro-Imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5-Tetrazine-8-Carboxylic Acid Amides and Their Use
US8450479B2 (en) 2007-12-18 2013-05-28 Pharminox Limited 3-substituted-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5-tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid amides and their use

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
PL2445915T3 (en) 2016-10-31
JP2012530775A (en) 2012-12-06
IL216794A0 (en) 2012-02-29
BRPI1011822A2 (en) 2016-03-29
US9024018B2 (en) 2015-05-05
ES2583006T3 (en) 2016-09-16
WO2010149968A1 (en) 2010-12-29
HK1172321A1 (en) 2013-04-19
AU2010264339A1 (en) 2011-12-22
CA2763766A1 (en) 2010-12-29
ZA201108849B (en) 2013-02-27
EP2445915A1 (en) 2012-05-02
EP2445915B1 (en) 2016-04-20
CN102803264A (en) 2012-11-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9024018B2 (en) 3-substituted-8-substituted-3H-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5]tetrazin-4-one compounds and their use
US11566029B2 (en) Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-5,7-diamine compounds as CDK inhibitors and their therapeutic use
US8450479B2 (en) 3-substituted-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-imidazo[5,1-d][1,2,3,5-tetrazine-8-carboxylic acid amides and their use
US9820976B2 (en) 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-phenyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[2-fluoro-4-(1-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yloxy)-phenyl]-urea and related compounds and their use in therapy
EP2822656B1 (en) 3-aryl-5-substituted-isoquinolin-1-one compounds and their therapeutic use
US8324226B2 (en) Therapeutic oxy-phenyl-aryl compounds and their use
US11857552B2 (en) 4-[[(7-aminopyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-5-yl)amino]methyl]piperidin-3-ol compounds as CDK inhibitors
CA2922469A1 (en) 3-aryl-5-substituted-isoquinolin-1-one compounds and their therapeutic use
US20220089582A1 (en) Compounds useful as inhibitors of alcat 1
WO2014030001A1 (en) Fused heterocyclic compounds and their use
WO2010007389A1 (en) 5 -amidothiazole derivatives and their use as checkpoint kinase inhibitors
WO2012085501A1 (en) 8 - sulfo - imidazotetrazin- 4 - one compounds and their use as anticancer drug

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: PHARMINOX LIMITED, UNITED KINGDOM

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:HUMMERSONE, MARC GEOFFERY;STEVENS, MALCOLM FRANCIS GRAHAM;COUSIN, DAVID;SIGNING DATES FROM 20100930 TO 20101025;REEL/FRAME:027367/0944

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: MAINTENANCE FEE REMINDER MAILED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: REM.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

AS Assignment

Owner name: MERCK SHARP & DOHME CORP., NEW JERSEY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:PHARMINOX LIMITED;REEL/FRAME:047953/0346

Effective date: 20181214

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: SURCHARGE FOR LATE PAYMENT, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1554); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4

AS Assignment

Owner name: MERCK SHARP & DOHME LLC, NEW JERSEY

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:MERCK SHARP & DOHME CORP.;REEL/FRAME:061102/0145

Effective date: 20220407

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 8